Quotations.ch
  Directory : Psmith, Journalist
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of Psmith, Journalist, by P. G. Wodehouse
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • Title: Psmith, Journalist
  • Author: P. G. Wodehouse
  • Posting Date: September 12, 2012 [EBook #2607]
  • Release Date: April, 2001
  • Last Updated: February 15, 2005
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PSMITH, JOURNALIST ***
  • Produced by Jim Tinsley
  • Psmith, Journalist
  • by Pelham Grenville Wodehouse
  • PREFACE
  • THE conditions of life in New York are so different from those of
  • London that a story of this kind calls for a little explanation.
  • There are several million inhabitants of New York. Not all of them
  • eke out a precarious livelihood by murdering one another, but there
  • is a definite section of the population which murders--not
  • casually, on the spur of the moment, but on definitely commercial
  • lines at so many dollars per murder. The "gangs" of New York exist
  • in fact. I have not invented them. Most of the incidents in this
  • story are based on actual happenings. The Rosenthal case, where
  • four men, headed by a genial individual calling himself "Gyp the
  • Blood" shot a fellow-citizen in cold blood in a spot as public and
  • fashionable as Piccadilly Circus and escaped in a motor-car, made
  • such a stir a few years ago that the noise of it was heard all over
  • the world and not, as is generally the case with the doings of the
  • gangs, in New York only. Rosenthal cases on a smaller and less
  • sensational scale are frequent occurrences on Manhattan Island. It
  • was the prominence of the victim rather than the unusual nature of
  • the occurrence that excited the New York press. Most gang victims
  • get a quarter of a column in small type.
  • P. G. WODEHOUSE
  • New York, 1915
  • CHAPTER I
  • "COSY MOMENTS"
  • The man in the street would not have known it, but a great crisis
  • was imminent in New York journalism.
  • Everything seemed much as usual in the city. The cars ran blithely
  • on Broadway. Newsboys shouted "Wux-try!" into the ears of nervous
  • pedestrians with their usual Caruso-like vim. Society passed up and
  • down Fifth Avenue in its automobiles, and was there a furrow of
  • anxiety upon Society's brow? None. At a thousand street corners a
  • thousand policemen preserved their air of massive superiority to
  • the things of this world. Not one of them showed the least sign of
  • perturbation. Nevertheless, the crisis was at hand. Mr. J. Fillken
  • Wilberfloss, editor-in-chief of _Cosy Moments_, was about to leave
  • his post and start on a ten weeks' holiday.
  • In New York one may find every class of paper which the imagination
  • can conceive. Every grade of society is catered for. If an Esquimau
  • came to New York, the first thing he would find on the bookstalls
  • in all probability would be the _Blubber Magazine_, or some similar
  • production written by Esquimaux for Esquimaux. Everybody reads in
  • New York, and reads all the time. The New Yorker peruses his
  • favourite paper while he is being jammed into a crowded compartment
  • on the subway or leaping like an antelope into a moving Street car.
  • There was thus a public for _Cosy Moments_. _Cosy Moments_, as its
  • name (an inspiration of Mr. Wilberfloss's own) is designed to
  • imply, is a journal for the home. It is the sort of paper which the
  • father of the family is expected to take home with him from his
  • office and read aloud to the chicks before bed-time. It was founded
  • by its proprietor, Mr. Benjamin White, as an antidote to yellow
  • journalism. One is forced to admit that up to the present yellow
  • journalism seems to be competing against it with a certain measure
  • of success. Headlines are still of as generous a size as
  • heretofore, and there is no tendency on the part of editors to
  • scamp the details of the last murder-case.
  • Nevertheless, _Cosy Moments_ thrives. It has its public.
  • Its contents are mildly interesting, if you like that sort of
  • thing. There is a "Moments in the Nursery" page, conducted by
  • Luella Granville Waterman, to which parents are invited to
  • contribute the bright speeches of their offspring, and which
  • bristles with little stories about the nursery canary, by Jane
  • (aged six), and other works of rising young authors. There is a
  • "Moments of Meditation" page, conducted by the Reverend Edwin T.
  • Philpotts; a "Moments Among the Masters" page, consisting of
  • assorted chunks looted from the literature of the past, when
  • foreheads were bulgy and thoughts profound, by Mr. Wilberfloss
  • himself; one or two other pages; a short story; answers to
  • correspondents on domestic matters; and a "Moments of Mirth" page,
  • conducted by an alleged humorist of the name of B. Henderson Asher,
  • which is about the most painful production ever served up to a
  • confiding public.
  • The guiding spirit of _Cosy Moments_ was Mr. Wilberfloss.
  • Circumstances had left the development of the paper mainly to him.
  • For the past twelve months the proprietor had been away in Europe,
  • taking the waters at Carlsbad, and the sole control of _Cosy Moments_
  • had passed into the hands of Mr. Wilberfloss. Nor had he proved
  • unworthy of the trust or unequal to the duties. In that year _Cosy
  • Moments_ had reached the highest possible level of domesticity.
  • Anything not calculated to appeal to the home had been rigidly
  • excluded. And as a result the circulation had increased steadily.
  • Two extra pages had been added, "Moments Among the Shoppers" and
  • "Moments with Society." And the advertisements had grown in volume.
  • But the work had told upon the Editor. Work of that sort carries
  • its penalties with it. Success means absorption, and absorption
  • spells softening of the brain.
  • Whether it was the strain of digging into the literature of the
  • past every week, or the effort of reading B. Henderson Asher's
  • "Moments of Mirth" is uncertain. At any rate, his duties, combined
  • with the heat of a New York summer, had sapped Mr. Wilberfloss's
  • health to such an extent that the doctor had ordered him ten weeks'
  • complete rest in the mountains. This Mr. Wilberfloss could,
  • perhaps, have endured, if this had been all. There are worse places
  • than the mountains of America in which to spend ten weeks of the
  • tail-end of summer, when the sun has ceased to grill and the
  • mosquitoes have relaxed their exertions. But it was not all. The
  • doctor, a far-seeing man who went down to first causes, had
  • absolutely declined to consent to Mr. Wilberfloss's suggestion that
  • he should keep in touch with the paper during his vacation. He was
  • adamant. He had seen copies of _Cosy Moments_ once or twice, and he
  • refused to permit a man in the editor's state of health to come in
  • contact with Luella Granville Waterman's "Moments in the Nursery"
  • and B. Henderson Asher's "Moments of Mirth." The medicine-man put
  • his foot down firmly.
  • "You must not see so much as the cover of the paper for ten weeks,"
  • he said. "And I'm not so sure that it shouldn't be longer. You must
  • forget that such a paper exists. You must dismiss the whole thing
  • from your mind, live in the open, and develop a little flesh and
  • muscle."
  • To Mr. Wilberfloss the sentence was almost equivalent to penal
  • servitude. It was with tears in his voice that he was giving his
  • final instructions to his sub-editor, in whose charge the paper
  • would be left during his absence. He had taken a long time doing
  • this. For two days he had been fussing in and out of the office, to
  • the discontent of its inmates, more especially Billy Windsor, the
  • sub-editor, who was now listening moodily to the last harangue of
  • the series, with the air of one whose heart is not in the subject.
  • Billy Windsor was a tall, wiry, loose-jointed young man, with
  • unkempt hair and the general demeanour of a caged eagle. Looking
  • at him, one could picture him astride of a bronco, rounding up
  • cattle, or cooking his dinner at a camp-fire. Somehow he did not
  • seem to fit into the _Cosy Moments_ atmosphere.
  • "Well, I think that that is all, Mr. Windsor," chirruped the
  • editor. He was a little man with a long neck and large _pince-nez_,
  • and he always chirruped. "You understand the general lines on which
  • I think the paper should be conducted?" The sub-editor nodded. Mr.
  • Wilberfloss made him tired. Sometimes he made him more tired than
  • at other times. At the present moment he filled him with an aching
  • weariness. The editor meant well, and was full of zeal, but he had
  • a habit of covering and recovering the ground. He possessed the art
  • of saying the same obvious thing in a number of different ways to a
  • degree which is found usually only in politicians. If Mr. Wilberfloss
  • had been a politician, he would have been one of those dealers in
  • glittering generalities who used to be fashionable in American
  • politics.
  • "There is just one thing," he continued "Mrs. Julia Burdett Parslow
  • is a little inclined--I may have mentioned this before--"
  • "You did," said the sub-editor.
  • Mr. Wilberfloss chirruped on, unchecked.
  • "A little inclined to be late with her 'Moments with Budding
  • Girlhood'. If this should happen while I am away, just write her a
  • letter, quite a pleasant letter, you understand, pointing out the
  • necessity of being in good time. The machinery of a weekly paper, of
  • course, cannot run smoothly unless contributors are in good time
  • with their copy. She is a very sensible woman, and she will
  • understand, I am sure, if you point it out to her."
  • The sub-editor nodded.
  • "And there is just one other thing. I wish you would correct a
  • slight tendency I have noticed lately in Mr. Asher to be just a
  • trifle--well, not precisely _risky_, but perhaps a shade _broad_
  • in his humour."
  • "His what?" said Billy Windsor.
  • "Mr. Asher is a very sensible man, and he will be the first to
  • acknowledge that his sense of humour has led him just a little
  • beyond the bounds. You understand? Well, that is all, I think. Now
  • I must really be going, or I shall miss my train. Good-bye, Mr.
  • Windsor."
  • "Good-bye," said the sub-editor thankfully.
  • At the door Mr. Wilberfloss paused with the air of an exile bidding
  • farewell to his native land, sighed, and trotted out.
  • Billy Windsor put his feet upon the table, and with a deep scowl
  • resumed his task of reading the proofs of Luella Granville
  • Waterman's "Moments in the Nursery."
  • CHAPTER II
  • BILLY WINDSOR
  • Billy Windsor had started life twenty-five years before this story
  • opens on his father's ranch in Wyoming. From there he had gone to a
  • local paper of the type whose Society column consists of such items
  • as "Pawnee Jim Williams was to town yesterday with a bunch of other
  • cheap skates. We take this opportunity of once more informing Jim
  • that he is a liar and a skunk," and whose editor works with a
  • revolver on his desk and another in his hip-pocket. Graduating from
  • this, he had proceeded to a reporter's post on a daily paper in a
  • Kentucky town, where there were blood feuds and other Southern
  • devices for preventing life from becoming dull. All this time New
  • York, the magnet, had been tugging at him. All reporters dream of
  • reaching New York. At last, after four years on the Kentucky paper,
  • he had come East, minus the lobe of one ear and plus a long scar
  • that ran diagonally across his left shoulder, and had worked
  • without much success as a free-lance. He was tough and ready for
  • anything that might come his way, but these things are a great deal
  • a matter of luck. The cub-reporter cannot make a name for himself
  • unless he is favoured by fortune. Things had not come Billy
  • Windsor's way. His work had been confined to turning in reports of
  • fires and small street accidents, which the various papers to
  • which he supplied them cut down to a couple of inches.
  • Billy had been in a bad way when he had happened upon the
  • sub-editorship of _Cosy Moments_. He despised the work with all his
  • heart, and the salary was infinitesimal. But it was regular, and
  • for a while Billy felt that a regular salary was the greatest thing
  • on earth. But he still dreamed of winning through to a post on one
  • of the big New York dailies, where there was something doing and a
  • man would have a chance of showing what was in him.
  • The unfortunate thing, however, was that _Cosy Moments_ took up his
  • time so completely. He had no chance of attracting the notice of
  • big editors by his present work, and he had no leisure for doing
  • any other.
  • All of which may go to explain why his normal aspect was that of a
  • caged eagle.
  • To him, brooding over the outpourings of Luella Granville Waterman,
  • there entered Pugsy Maloney, the office-boy, bearing a struggling
  • cat.
  • "Say!" said Pugsy.
  • He was a nonchalant youth, with a freckled, mask-like face, the
  • expression of which never varied. He appeared unconscious of the
  • cat. Its existence did not seem to occur to him.
  • "Well?" said Billy, looking up. "Hello, what have you got there?"
  • Master Maloney eyed the cat, as if he were seeing it for the first
  • time.
  • "It's a kitty what I got in de street," he said.
  • "Don't hurt the poor brute. Put her down."
  • Master Maloney obediently dropped the cat, which sprang nimbly on
  • to an upper shelf of the book-case.
  • "I wasn't hoitin' her," he said, without emotion. "Dere was two
  • fellers in de street sickin' a dawg on to her. An' I comes up an'
  • says, 'G'wan! What do youse t'ink you're doin', fussin' de poor
  • dumb animal?' An' one of de guys, he says, 'G'wan! Who do youse
  • t'ink youse is?' An' I says, 'I'm de guy what's goin' to swat youse
  • one on de coco if youse don't quit fussin' de poor dumb animal.' So
  • wit dat he makes a break at swattin' me one, but I swats him one,
  • an' I swats de odder feller one, an' den I swats dem bote some
  • more, an' I gets de kitty, an' I brings her in here, cos I t'inks
  • maybe youse'll look after her."
  • And having finished this Homeric narrative, Master Maloney fixed an
  • expressionless eye on the ceiling, and was silent.
  • Billy Windsor, like most men of the plains, combined the toughest
  • of muscle with the softest of hearts. He was always ready at any
  • moment to become the champion of the oppressed on the slightest
  • provocation. His alliance with Pugsy Maloney had begun on the
  • occasion when he had rescued that youth from the clutches of a
  • large negro, who, probably from the soundest of motives, was
  • endeavouring to slay him. Billy had not inquired into the rights
  • and wrongs of the matter: he had merely sailed in and rescued the
  • office-boy. And Pugsy, though he had made no verbal comment on the
  • affair, had shown in many ways that he was not ungrateful.
  • "Bully for you, Pugsy!" he cried. "You're a little sport. Here"--he
  • produced a dollar-bill--"go out and get some milk for the
  • poor brute. She's probably starving. Keep the change."
  • "Sure thing," assented Master Maloney. He strolled slowly out,
  • while Billy Windsor, mounting a chair, proceeded to chirrup and
  • snap his fingers in the effort to establish the foundations of an
  • _entente cordiale_ with the rescued cat.
  • By the time that Pugsy returned, carrying a five-cent bottle of
  • milk, the animal had vacated the book-shelf, and was sitting on the
  • table, washing her face. The milk having been poured into the lid
  • of a tobacco-tin, in lieu of a saucer, she suspended her operations
  • and adjourned for refreshments. Billy, business being business,
  • turned again to Luella Granville Waterman, but Pugsy, having no
  • immediate duties on hand, concentrated himself on the cat.
  • "Say!" he said.
  • "Well?"
  • "Dat kitty."
  • "What about her?"
  • "Pipe de leather collar she's wearing."
  • Billy had noticed earlier in the proceedings that a narrow leather
  • collar encircled the cat's neck. He had not paid any particular
  • attention to it. "What about it?" he said.
  • "Guess I know where dat kitty belongs. Dey all have dose collars. I
  • guess she's one of Bat Jarvis's kitties. He's got a lot of dem for
  • fair, and every one wit one of dem collars round deir neck."
  • "Who's Bat Jarvis? Do you mean the gang-leader?"
  • "Sure. He's a cousin of mine," said Master Maloney with pride.
  • "Is he?" said Billy. "Nice sort of fellow to have in the family. So
  • you think that's his cat?"
  • "Sure. He's got twenty-t'ree of dem, and dey all has dose collars."
  • "Are you on speaking terms with the gentleman?"
  • "Huh?"
  • "Do you know Bat Jarvis to speak to?"
  • "Sure. He's me cousin."
  • "Well, tell him I've got the cat, and that if he wants it he'd
  • better come round to my place. You know where I live?"
  • "Sure."
  • "Fancy you being a cousin of Bat's, Pugsy. Why did you never tell
  • us? Are you going to join the gang some day?"
  • "Nope. Nothin' doin'. I'm goin' to be a cow-boy."
  • "Good for you. Well, you tell him when you see him. And now, my
  • lad, out you get, because if I'm interrupted any more I shan't get
  • through to-night."
  • "Sure," said Master Maloney, retiring.
  • "Oh, and Pugsy . . ."
  • "Huh?"
  • "Go out and get a good big basket. I shall want one to carry this
  • animal home in."
  • "Sure," said Master Maloney.
  • CHAPTER III
  • AT "THE GARDENIA"
  • "It would ill beseem me, Comrade Jackson," said Psmith,
  • thoughtfully sipping his coffee, "to run down the metropolis of a
  • great and friendly nation, but candour compels me to state that New
  • York is in some respects a singularly blighted town."
  • "What's the matter with it?" asked Mike.
  • "Too decorous, Comrade Jackson. I came over here principally, it is
  • true, to be at your side, should you be in any way persecuted by
  • scoundrels. But at the same time I confess that at the back of my
  • mind there lurked a hope that stirring adventures might come my
  • way. I had heard so much of the place. Report had it that an
  • earnest seeker after amusement might have a tolerably spacious rag
  • in this modern Byzantium. I thought that a few weeks here might
  • restore that keen edge to my nervous system which the languor of
  • the past term had in a measure blunted. I wished my visit to be a
  • tonic rather than a sedative. I anticipated that on my return the
  • cry would go round Cambridge, 'Psmith has been to New York. He is
  • full of oats. For he on honey-dew hath fed, and drunk the milk of
  • Paradise. He is hot stuff. Rah!' But what do we find?"
  • He paused, and lit a cigarette.
  • "What do we find?" he asked again.
  • "I don't know," said Mike. "What?"
  • "A very judicious query, Comrade Jackson. What, indeed? We find a
  • town very like London. A quiet, self-respecting town, admirable to
  • the apostle of social reform, but disappointing to one who, like
  • myself, arrives with a brush and a little bucket of red paint, all
  • eager for a treat. I have been here a week, and I have not seen a
  • single citizen clubbed by a policeman. No negroes dance cake-walks
  • in the street. No cow-boy has let off his revolver at random in
  • Broadway. The cables flash the message across the ocean, 'Psmith is
  • losing his illusions.'"
  • Mike had come to America with a team of the M.C.C. which was
  • touring the cricket-playing section of the United States. Psmith
  • had accompanied him in a private capacity. It was the end of their
  • first year at Cambridge, and Mike, with a century against Oxford to
  • his credit, had been one of the first to be invited to join the
  • tour. Psmith, who had played cricket in a rather desultory way at
  • the University, had not risen to these heights. He had merely taken
  • the opportunity of Mike's visit to the other side to accompany him.
  • Cambridge had proved pleasant to Psmith, but a trifle quiet. He
  • had welcomed the chance of getting a change of scene.
  • So far the visit had failed to satisfy him. Mike, whose tastes in
  • pleasure were simple, was delighted with everything. The cricket so
  • far had been rather of the picnic order, but it was very pleasant;
  • and there was no limit to the hospitality with which the visitors
  • were treated. It was this more than anything which had caused
  • Psmith's grave disapproval of things American. He was not a member
  • of the team, so that the advantages of the hospitality did not
  • reach him. He had all the disadvantages. He saw far too little of
  • Mike. When he wished to consult his confidential secretary and
  • adviser on some aspect of Life, that invaluable official was
  • generally absent at dinner with the rest of the team. To-night was
  • one of the rare occasions when Mike could get away. Psmith was
  • becoming bored. New York is a better city than London to be alone
  • in, but it is never pleasant to be alone in any big city.
  • As they sat discussing New York's shortcomings over their coffee, a
  • young man passed them, carrying a basket, and seated himself at the
  • next table. He was a tall, loose-jointed young man, with unkempt
  • hair.
  • A waiter made an ingratiating gesture towards the basket, but the
  • young man stopped him. "Not on your life, sonny," he said. "This
  • stays right here." He placed it carefully on the floor beside his
  • chair, and proceeded to order dinner.
  • Psmith watched him thoughtfully.
  • "I have a suspicion, Comrade Jackson," he said, "that this will
  • prove to be a somewhat stout fellow. If possible, we will engage
  • him in conversation. I wonder what he's got in the basket. I must
  • get my Sherlock Holmes system to work. What is the most likely
  • thing for a man to have in a basket? You would reply, in your
  • unthinking way, 'sandwiches.' Error. A man with a basketful of
  • sandwiches does not need to dine at restaurants. We must try
  • again."
  • The young man at the next table had ordered a jug of milk to be
  • accompanied by a saucer. These having arrived, he proceeded to
  • lift the basket on to his lap, pour the milk into the saucer, and
  • remove the lid from the basket. Instantly, with a yell which made
  • the young man's table the centre of interest to all the diners, a
  • large grey cat shot up like a rocket, and darted across the room.
  • Psmith watched with silent interest.
  • It is hard to astonish the waiters at a New York restaurant, but
  • when the cat performed this feat there was a squeal of surprise all
  • round the room. Waiters rushed to and fro, futile but energetic.
  • The cat, having secured a strong strategic position on the top of a
  • large oil-painting which hung on the far wall, was expressing loud
  • disapproval of the efforts of one of the waiters to drive it from
  • its post with a walking-stick. The young man, seeing these
  • manoeuvres, uttered a wrathful shout, and rushed to the rescue.
  • "Comrade Jackson," said Psmith, rising, "we must be in this."
  • When they arrived on the scene of hostilities, the young man had
  • just possessed himself of the walking-stick, and was deep in a
  • complex argument with the head-waiter on the ethics of the matter.
  • The head-waiter, a stout impassive German, had taken his stand on a
  • point of etiquette. "Id is," he said, "to bring gats into der
  • grill-room vorbidden. No gendleman would gats into der grill-room
  • bring. Der gendleman--"
  • The young man meanwhile was making enticing sounds, to which the
  • cat was maintaining an attitude of reserved hostility. He turned
  • furiously on the head-waiter.
  • "For goodness' sake," he cried, "can't you see the poor brute's
  • scared stiff? Why don't you clear your gang of German comedians
  • away, and give her a chance to come down?"
  • "Der gendleman--" argued the head-waiter.
  • Psmith stepped forward and touched him on the arm.
  • "May I have a word with you in private?"
  • "Zo?"
  • Psmith drew him away.
  • "You don't know who that is?" he whispered, nodding towards the
  • young man.
  • "No gendleman he is," asserted the head-waiter. "Der gendleman
  • would not der gat into--"
  • Psmith shook his head pityingly.
  • "These petty matters of etiquette are not for his Grace--but, hush,
  • he wishes to preserve his incognito."
  • "Ingognito?"
  • "You understand. You are a man of the world, Comrade--may I call
  • you Freddie? You understand, Comrade Freddie, that in a man in his
  • Grace's position a few little eccentricities may be pardoned. You
  • follow me, Frederick?"
  • The head-waiter's eye rested upon the young man with a new interest
  • and respect.
  • "He is noble?" he inquired with awe.
  • "He is here strictly incognito, you understand," said Psmith
  • warningly. The head-waiter nodded.
  • The young man meanwhile had broken down the cat's reserve, and
  • was now standing with her in his arms, apparently anxious to
  • fight all-comers in her defence. The head-waiter approached
  • deferentially.
  • "Der gendleman," he said, indicating Psmith, who beamed in a
  • friendly manner through his eye-glass, "haf everything exblained.
  • All will now quite satisfactory be."
  • The young man looked inquiringly at Psmith, who winked
  • encouragingly. The head-waiter bowed.
  • "Let me present Comrade Jackson," said Psmith, "the pet of our
  • English Smart Set. I am Psmith, one of the Shropshire Psmiths. This
  • is a great moment. Shall we be moving back? We were about to order
  • a second instalment of coffee, to correct the effects of a
  • fatiguing day. Perhaps you would care to join us?"
  • "Sure," said the alleged duke.
  • "This," said Psmith, when they were seated, and the head-waiter had
  • ceased to hover, "is a great meeting. I was complaining with some
  • acerbity to Comrade Jackson, before you introduced your very
  • interesting performing-animal speciality, that things in New York
  • were too quiet, too decorous. I have an inkling, Comrade--"
  • "Windsor's my name."
  • "I have an inkling, Comrade Windsor, that we see eye to eye on the
  • subject."
  • "I guess that's right. I was raised in the plains, and I lived in
  • Kentucky a while. There's more doing there in a day than there is
  • here in a month. Say, how did you fix it with the old man?"
  • "With Comrade Freddie? I have a certain amount of influence with
  • him. He is content to order his movements in the main by my
  • judgment. I assured him that all would be well, and he yielded."
  • Psmith gazed with interest at the cat, which was lapping milk from
  • the saucer. "Are you training that animal for a show of some kind,
  • Comrade Windsor, or is it a domestic pet?"
  • "I've adopted her. The office-boy on our paper got her away from a
  • dog this morning, and gave her to me."
  • "Your paper?"
  • "_Cosy Moments_," said Billy Windsor, with a touch of shame.
  • "_Cosy Moments_?" said Psmith reflectively. "I regret that the
  • bright little sheet has not come my way up to the present. I must
  • seize an early opportunity of perusing it."
  • "Don't you do it."
  • "You've no paternal pride in the little journal?"
  • "It's bad enough to hurt," said Billy Windsor disgustedly. "If you
  • really want to see it, come along with me to my place, and I'll
  • show you a copy."
  • "It will be a pleasure," said Psmith. "Comrade Jackson, have you
  • any previous engagement for to-night?"
  • "I'm not doing anything," said Mike.
  • "Then let us stagger forth with Comrade Windsor. While he is
  • loading up that basket, we will be collecting our hats. . . . I am
  • not half sure, Comrade Jackson," he added, as they walked out,
  • "that Comrade Windsor may not prove to be the genial spirit for
  • whom I have been searching. If you could give me your undivided
  • company, I should ask no more. But with you constantly away,
  • mingling with the gay throng, it is imperative that I have some
  • solid man to accompany me in my ramblings hither and thither. It is
  • possible that Comrade Windsor may possess the qualifications
  • necessary for the post. But here he comes. Let us foregather with
  • him and observe him in private life before arriving at any
  • premature decision."
  • CHAPTER IV
  • BAT JARVIS
  • Billy Windsor lived in a single room on East Fourteenth Street.
  • Space in New York is valuable, and the average bachelor's
  • apartments consist of one room with a bathroom opening off it.
  • During the daytime this one room loses all traces of being used for
  • sleeping purposes at night. Billy Windsor's room was very much like
  • a public-school study. Along one wall ran a settee. At night this
  • became a bed; but in the daytime it was a settee and nothing but a
  • settee. There was no space for a great deal of furniture. There was
  • one rocking-chair, two ordinary chairs, a table, a book-stand, a
  • typewriter--nobody uses pens in New York--and on the walls a mixed
  • collection of photographs, drawings, knives, and skins, relics of
  • their owner's prairie days. Over the door was the head of a young
  • bear.
  • Billy's first act on arriving in this sanctum was to release the
  • cat, which, having moved restlessly about for some moments, finally
  • came to the conclusion that there was no means of getting out, and
  • settled itself on a corner of the settee. Psmith, sinking
  • gracefully down beside it, stretched out his legs and lit a
  • cigarette. Mike took one of the ordinary chairs; and Billy Windsor,
  • planting himself in the rocker, began to rock rhythmically to and
  • fro, a performance which he kept up untiringly all the time.
  • "A peaceful scene," observed Psmith. "Three great minds, keen,
  • alert, restless during business hours, relax. All is calm and
  • pleasant chit-chat. You have snug quarters up here, Comrade
  • Windsor. I hold that there is nothing like one's own roof-tree.
  • It is a great treat to one who, like myself, is located in one of
  • these vast caravanserai--to be exact, the Astor--to pass a few
  • moments in the quiet privacy of an apartment such as this."
  • "It's beastly expensive at the Astor," said Mike.
  • "The place has that drawback also. Anon, Comrade Jackson, I think
  • we will hunt around for some such cubby-hole as this, built for
  • two. Our nervous systems must be conserved."
  • "On Fourth Avenue," said Billy Windsor, "you can get quite good
  • flats very cheap. Furnished, too. You should move there. It's not
  • much of a neighbourhood. I don't know if you mind that?"
  • "Far from it, Comrade Windsor. It is my aim to see New York in all
  • its phases. If a certain amount of harmless revelry can be whacked
  • out of Fourth Avenue, we must dash there with the vim of
  • highly-trained smell-dogs. Are you with me, Comrade Jackson?"
  • "All right," said Mike.
  • "And now, Comrade Windsor, it would be a pleasure to me to peruse
  • that little journal of which you spoke. I have had so few
  • opportunities of getting into touch with the literature of this
  • great country."
  • Billy Windsor stretched out an arm and pulled a bundle of papers
  • from the book-stand. He tossed them on to the settee by Psmith's
  • side.
  • "There you are," he said, "if you really feel like it. Don't say I
  • didn't warn you. If you've got the nerve, read on."
  • Psmith had picked up one of the papers when there came a shuffling
  • of feet in the passage outside, followed by a knock upon the door.
  • The next moment there appeared in the doorway a short, stout young
  • man. There was an indescribable air of toughness about him, partly
  • due to the fact that he wore his hair in a well-oiled fringe almost
  • down to his eyebrows, which gave him the appearance of having no
  • forehead at all. His eyes were small and set close together. His
  • mouth was wide, his jaw prominent. Not, in short, the sort of man
  • you would have picked out on sight as a model citizen.
  • His entrance was marked by a curious sibilant sound, which, on
  • acquaintance, proved to be a whistled tune. During the interview
  • which followed, except when he was speaking, the visitor whistled
  • softly and unceasingly.
  • "Mr. Windsor?" he said to the company at large.
  • Psmith waved a hand towards the rocking-chair. "That," he said, "is
  • Comrade Windsor. To your right is Comrade Jackson, England's
  • favourite son. I am Psmith."
  • The visitor blinked furtively, and whistled another tune. As he
  • looked round the room, his eye fell on the cat. His face lit up.
  • "Say!" he said, stepping forward, and touching the cat's collar,
  • "mine, mister."
  • "Are you Bat Jarvis?" asked Windsor with interest.
  • "Sure," said the visitor, not without a touch of complacency, as of
  • a monarch abandoning his incognito.
  • For Mr. Jarvis was a celebrity.
  • By profession he was a dealer in animals, birds, and snakes. He had
  • a fancier's shop in Groome street, in the heart of the Bowery. This
  • was on the ground-floor. His living abode was in the upper story of
  • that house, and it was there that he kept the twenty-three cats
  • whose necks were adorned with leather collars, and whose numbers
  • had so recently been reduced to twenty-two. But it was not the fact
  • that he possessed twenty-three cats with leather collars that made
  • Mr. Jarvis a celebrity.
  • A man may win a purely local reputation, if only for eccentricity,
  • by such means. But Mr. Jarvis's reputation was far from being
  • purely local. Broadway knew him, and the Tenderloin. Tammany Hall
  • knew him. Long Island City knew him. In the underworld of New York
  • his name was a by-word. For Bat Jarvis was the leader of the famous
  • Groome Street Gang, the most noted of all New York's collections of
  • Apaches. More, he was the founder and originator of it. And,
  • curiously enough, it had come into being from motives of sheer
  • benevolence. In Groome Street in those days there had been a
  • dance-hall, named the Shamrock and presided over by one Maginnis,
  • an Irishman and a friend of Bat's. At the Shamrock nightly dances
  • were given and well attended by the youth of the neighbourhood at
  • ten cents a head. All might have been well, had it not been for
  • certain other youths of the neighbourhood who did not dance and so
  • had to seek other means of getting rid of their surplus energy. It
  • was the practice of these light-hearted sportsmen to pay their ten
  • cents for admittance, and once in, to make hay. And this habit, Mr.
  • Maginnis found, was having a marked effect on his earnings. For
  • genuine lovers of the dance fought shy of a place where at any
  • moment Philistines might burst in and break heads and furniture. In
  • this crisis the proprietor thought of his friend Bat Jarvis. Bat at
  • that time had a solid reputation as a man of his hands. It is true
  • that, as his detractors pointed out, he had killed no one--a defect
  • which he had subsequently corrected; but his admirers based his
  • claim to respect on his many meritorious performances with fists
  • and with the black-jack. And Mr. Maginnis for one held him in the
  • very highest esteem. To Bat accordingly he went, and laid his
  • painful case before him. He offered him a handsome salary to be on
  • hand at the nightly dances and check undue revelry by his own
  • robust methods. Bat had accepted the offer. He had gone to Shamrock
  • Hall; and with him, faithful adherents, had gone such stalwarts as
  • Long Otto, Red Logan, Tommy Jefferson, and Pete Brodie. Shamrock
  • Hall became a place of joy and order; and--more important
  • still--the nucleus of the Groome Street Gang had been formed. The
  • work progressed. Off-shoots of the main gang sprang up here and
  • there about the East Side. Small thieves, pickpockets and the
  • like, flocked to Mr. Jarvis as their tribal leader and protector
  • and he protected them. For he, with his followers, were of use to
  • the politicians. The New York gangs, and especially the Groome
  • Street Gang, have brought to a fine art the gentle practice of
  • "repeating"; which, broadly speaking, is the art of voting a number
  • of different times at different polling-stations on election days.
  • A man who can vote, say, ten times in a single day for you, and who
  • controls a great number of followers who are also prepared, if they
  • like you, to vote ten times in a single day for you, is worth
  • cultivating. So the politicians passed the word to the police, and
  • the police left the Groome Street Gang unmolested and they waxed
  • fat and flourished.
  • Such was Bat Jarvis.
  • * * *
  • "Pipe de collar," said Mr. Jarvis, touching the cat's neck. "Mine,
  • mister."
  • "Pugsy said it must be," said Billy Windsor. "We found two fellows
  • setting a dog on to it, so we took it in for safety."
  • Mr. Jarvis nodded approval.
  • "There's a basket here, if you want it," said Billy.
  • "Nope. Here, kit."
  • Mr. Jarvis stooped, and, still whistling softly, lifted the cat. He
  • looked round the company, met Psmith's eye-glass, was transfixed by
  • it for a moment, and finally turned again to Billy Windsor.
  • "Say!" he said, and paused. "Obliged," he added.
  • He shifted the cat on to his left arm, and extended his right hand
  • to Billy.
  • "Shake!" he said.
  • Billy did so.
  • Mr. Jarvis continued to stand and whistle for a few moments more.
  • "Say!" he said at length, fixing his roving gaze once more upon
  • Billy. "Obliged. Fond of de kit, I am."
  • Psmith nodded approvingly.
  • "And rightly," he said. "Rightly, Comrade Jarvis. She is not
  • unworthy of your affection. A most companionable animal, full of
  • the highest spirits. Her knockabout act in the restaurant would
  • have satisfied the most jaded critic. No diner-out can afford to be
  • without such a cat. Such a cat spells death to boredom."
  • Mr. Jarvis eyed him fixedly, as if pondering over his remarks. Then
  • he turned to Billy again.
  • "Say!" he said. "Any time you're in bad. Glad to be of service.
  • You know the address. Groome Street. Bat Jarvis. Good night.
  • Obliged."
  • He paused and whistled a few more bars, then nodded to Psmith and
  • Mike, and left the room. They heard him shuffling downstairs.
  • "A blithe spirit," said Psmith. "Not garrulous, perhaps, but what of
  • that? I am a man of few words myself. Comrade Jarvis's massive
  • silences appeal to me. He seems to have taken a fancy to you,
  • Comrade Windsor."
  • Billy Windsor laughed.
  • "I don't know that he's just the sort of side-partner I'd go out of
  • my way to choose, from what I've heard about him. Still, if one got
  • mixed up with any of that East-Side crowd, he would be a mighty
  • useful friend to have. I guess there's no harm done by getting him
  • grateful."
  • "Assuredly not," said Psmith. "We should not despise the humblest.
  • And now, Comrade Windsor," he said, taking up the paper again, "let
  • me concentrate myself tensely on this very entertaining little
  • journal of yours. Comrade Jackson, here is one for you. For sound,
  • clear-headed criticism," he added to Billy, "Comrade Jackson's name
  • is a by-word in our English literary salons. His opinion will be
  • both of interest and of profit to you, Comrade Windsor."
  • CHAPTER V
  • PLANNING IMPROVEMENTS
  • "By the way," said Psmith, "what is your exact position on this
  • paper? Practically, we know well, you are its back-bone, its
  • life-blood; but what is your technical position? When your
  • proprietor is congratulating himself on having secured the ideal
  • man for your job, what precise job does he congratulate himself on
  • having secured the ideal man for?"
  • "I'm sub-editor."
  • "Merely sub? You deserve a more responsible post than that, Comrade
  • Windsor. Where is your proprietor? I must buttonhole him and point
  • out to him what a wealth of talent he is allowing to waste itself.
  • You must have scope."
  • "He's in Europe. At Carlsbad, or somewhere. He never comes near
  • the paper. He just sits tight and draws the profits. He lets the
  • editor look after things. Just at present I'm acting as editor."
  • "Ah! then at last you have your big chance. You are free,
  • untrammelled."
  • "You bet I'm not," said Billy Windsor. "Guess again. There's no
  • room for developing free untrammelled ideas on this paper. When
  • you've looked at it, you'll see that each page is run by some one.
  • I'm simply the fellow who minds the shop."
  • Psmith clicked his tongue sympathetically. "It is like setting a
  • gifted French chef to wash up dishes," he said. "A man of your
  • undoubted powers, Comrade Windsor, should have more scope. That is
  • the cry, 'more scope!' I must look into this matter. When I gaze at
  • your broad, bulging forehead, when I see the clear light of
  • intelligence in your eyes, and hear the grey matter splashing
  • restlessly about in your cerebellum, I say to myself without
  • hesitation, 'Comrade Windsor must have more scope.'" He looked at
  • Mike, who was turning over the leaves of his copy of _Cosy Moments_
  • in a sort of dull despair. "Well, Comrade Jackson, and what is your
  • verdict?"
  • Mike looked at Billy Windsor. He wished to be polite, yet he could
  • find nothing polite to say. Billy interpreted the look.
  • "Go on," he said. "Say it. It can't be worse than what I think."
  • "I expect some people would like it awfully," said Mike.
  • "They must, or they wouldn't buy it. I've never met any of them
  • yet, though."
  • Psmith was deep in Luella Granville Waterman's "Moments in the
  • Nursery." He turned to Billy Windsor.
  • "Luella Granville Waterman," he said, "is not by any chance your
  • _nom-de-plume_, Comrade Windsor?"
  • "Not on your life. Don't think it."
  • "I am glad," said Psmith courteously. "For, speaking as man to man,
  • I must confess that for sheer, concentrated bilge she gets away
  • with the biscuit with almost insolent ease. Luella Granville
  • Waterman must go."
  • "How do you mean?"
  • "She must go," repeated Psmith firmly. "Your first act, now that
  • you have swiped the editorial chair, must be to sack her."
  • "But, say, I can't. The editor thinks a heap of her stuff."
  • "We cannot help his troubles. We must act for the good of the
  • paper. Moreover, you said, I think, that he was away?"
  • "So he is. But he'll come back."
  • "Sufficient unto the day, Comrade Windsor. I have a suspicion that
  • he will be the first to approve your action. His holiday will have
  • cleared his brain. Make a note of improvement number one--the
  • sacking of Luella Granville Waterman."
  • "I guess it'll be followed pretty quick by improvement number
  • two--the sacking of William Windsor. I can't go monkeying about
  • with the paper that way."
  • Psmith reflected for a moment.
  • "Has this job of yours any special attractions for you, Comrade
  • Windsor?"
  • "I guess not."
  • "As I suspected. You yearn for scope. What exactly are your
  • ambitions?"
  • "I want to get a job on one of the big dailies. I don't see how
  • I'm going to fix it, though, at the present rate."
  • Psmith rose, and tapped him earnestly on the chest.
  • "Comrade Windsor, you have touched the spot. You are wasting the
  • golden hours of your youth. You must move. You must hustle. You
  • must make Windsor of _Cosy Moments_ a name to conjure with. You must
  • boost this sheet up till New York rings with your exploits. On the
  • present lines that is impossible. You must strike out a line for
  • yourself. You must show the world that even _Cosy Moments_ cannot
  • keep a good man down."
  • He resumed his seat.
  • "How do you mean?" said Billy Windsor.
  • Psmith turned to Mike.
  • "Comrade Jackson, if you were editing this paper, is there a single
  • feature you would willingly retain?"
  • "I don't think there is," said Mike. "It's all pretty bad rot."
  • "My opinion in a nutshell," said Psmith, approvingly. "Comrade
  • Jackson," he explained, turning to Billy, "has a secure reputation
  • on the other side for the keenness and lucidity of his views upon
  • literature. You may safely build upon him. In England when Comrade
  • Jackson says 'Turn' we all turn. Now, my views on the matter are as
  • follows. _Cosy Moments_, in my opinion (worthless, were it not backed
  • by such a virtuoso as Comrade Jackson), needs more snap, more go.
  • All these putrid pages must disappear. Letters must be despatched
  • to-morrow morning, informing Luella Granville Waterman and the
  • others (and in particular B. Henderson Asher, who from a cursory
  • glance strikes me as an ideal candidate for a lethal chamber) that,
  • unless they cease their contributions instantly, you will be
  • compelled to place yourself under police protection. After that we
  • can begin to move."
  • Billy Windsor sat and rocked himself in his chair without replying.
  • He was trying to assimilate this idea. So far the grandeur of it
  • had dazed him. It was too spacious, too revolutionary. Could it be
  • done? It would undoubtedly mean the sack when Mr. J. Fillken
  • Wilberfloss returned and found the apple of his eye torn asunder
  • and, so to speak, deprived of its choicest pips. On the other hand
  • . . . His brow suddenly cleared. After all, what was the sack? One
  • crowded hour of glorious life is worth an age without a name, and
  • he would have no name as long as he clung to his present position.
  • The editor would be away ten weeks. He would have ten weeks in
  • which to try himself out. Hope leaped within him. In ten weeks he
  • could change _Cosy Moments_ into a real live paper. He wondered that
  • the idea had not occurred to him before. The trifling fact that the
  • despised journal was the property of Mr. Benjamin White, and that
  • he had no right whatever to tinker with it without that gentleman's
  • approval, may have occurred to him, but, if it did, it occurred so
  • momentarily that he did not notice it. In these crises one cannot
  • think of everything.
  • "I'm on," he said, briefly.
  • Psmith smiled approvingly.
  • "That," he said, "is the right spirit. You will, I fancy, have
  • little cause to regret your decision. Fortunately, if I may say so,
  • I happen to have a certain amount of leisure just now. It is at
  • your disposal. I have had little experience of journalistic work,
  • but I foresee that I shall be a quick learner. I will become your
  • sub-editor, without salary."
  • "Bully for you," said Billy Windsor.
  • "Comrade Jackson," continued Psmith, "is unhappily more fettered.
  • The exigencies of his cricket tour will compel him constantly to be
  • gadding about, now to Philadelphia, now to Saskatchewan, anon to
  • Onehorseville, Ga. His services, therefore, cannot be relied upon
  • continuously. From him, accordingly, we shall expect little but
  • moral support. An occasional congratulatory telegram. Now and then
  • a bright smile of approval. The bulk of the work will devolve upon
  • our two selves."
  • "Let it devolve," said Billy Windsor, enthusiastically.
  • "Assuredly," said Psmith. "And now to decide upon our main scheme.
  • You, of course, are the editor, and my suggestions are merely
  • suggestions, subject to your approval. But, briefly, my idea is
  • that _Cosy Moments_ should become red-hot stuff. I could wish its
  • tone to be such that the public will wonder why we do not print it
  • on asbestos. We must chronicle all the live events of the day,
  • murders, fires, and the like in a manner which will make our
  • readers' spines thrill. Above all, we must be the guardians of the
  • People's rights. We must be a search-light, showing up the dark
  • spot in the souls of those who would endeavour in any way to do the
  • PEOPLE in the eye. We must detect the wrong-doer, and deliver him
  • such a series of resentful buffs that he will abandon his little
  • games and become a model citizen. The details of the campaign we
  • must think out after, but I fancy that, if we follow those main
  • lines, we shall produce a bright, readable little sheet which will
  • in a measure make this city sit up and take notice. Are you with
  • me, Comrade Windsor?"
  • "Surest thing you know," said Billy with fervour.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • THE TENEMENTS
  • To alter the scheme of a weekly from cover to cover is not a task
  • that is completed without work. The dismissal of _Cosy Moments_'
  • entire staff of contributors left a gap in the paper which had to be
  • filled, and owing to the nearness of press day there was no time to
  • fill it before the issue of the next number. The editorial staff had
  • to be satisfied with heading every page with the words "Look out!
  • Look out!! Look out!!! See foot of page!!!!" printing in the space
  • at the bottom the legend, "Next Week! See Editorial!" and compiling
  • in conjunction a snappy editorial, setting forth the proposed
  • changes. This was largely the work of Psmith.
  • "Comrade Jackson," he said to Mike, as they set forth one evening
  • in search of their new flat, "I fancy I have found my metier.
  • Commerce, many considered, was the line I should take; and
  • doubtless, had I stuck to that walk in life, I should soon have
  • become a financial magnate. But something seemed to whisper to me,
  • even in the midst of my triumphs in the New Asiatic Bank, that
  • there were other fields. For the moment it seems to me that I have
  • found the job for which nature specially designed me. At last I
  • have Scope. And without Scope, where are we? Wedged tightly in
  • among the ribstons. There are some very fine passages in that
  • editorial. The last paragraph, beginning '_Cosy Moments_ cannot be
  • muzzled,' in particular. I like it. It strikes the right note. It
  • should stir the blood of a free and independent people till they
  • sit in platoons on the doorstep of our office, waiting for the next
  • number to appear."
  • "How about that next number?" asked Mike. "Are you and Windsor
  • going to fill the whole paper yourselves?"
  • "By no means. It seems that Comrade Windsor knows certain stout
  • fellows, reporters on other papers, who will be delighted to weigh
  • in with stuff for a moderate fee."
  • "How about Luella What's-her-name and the others? How have they
  • taken it?"
  • "Up to the present we have no means of ascertaining. The letters
  • giving them the miss-in-baulk in no uncertain voice were only
  • despatched yesterday. But it cannot affect us how they writhe
  • beneath the blow. There is no reprieve."
  • Mike roared with laughter.
  • "It's the rummiest business I ever struck," he said. "I'm jolly
  • glad it's not my paper. It's pretty lucky for you two lunatics that
  • the proprietor's in Europe."
  • Psmith regarded him with pained surprise.
  • "I do not understand you, Comrade Jackson. Do you insinuate that
  • we are not acting in the proprietor's best interests? When he sees
  • the receipts, after we have handled the paper for a while, he will
  • go singing about his hotel. His beaming smile will be a by-word in
  • Carlsbad. Visitors will be shown it as one of the sights. His only
  • doubt will be whether to send his money to the bank or keep it in
  • tubs and roll in it. We are on to a big thing, Comrade Jackson.
  • Wait till you see our first number."
  • "And how about the editor? I should think that first number would
  • bring him back foaming at the mouth."
  • "I have ascertained from Comrade Windsor that there is nothing to
  • fear from that quarter. By a singular stroke of good fortune
  • Comrade Wilberfloss--his name is Wilberfloss--has been ordered
  • complete rest during his holiday. The kindly medico, realising the
  • fearful strain inflicted by reading _Cosy Moments_ in its old form,
  • specifically mentioned that the paper was to be withheld from him
  • until he returned."
  • "And when he does return, what are you going to do?"
  • "By that time, doubtless, the paper will be in so flourishing a
  • state that he will confess how wrong his own methods were and adopt
  • ours without a murmur. In the meantime, Comrade Jackson, I would
  • call your attention to the fact that we seem to have lost our way.
  • In the exhilaration of this little chat, our footsteps have
  • wandered. Where we are, goodness only knows. I can only say that I
  • shouldn't care to have to live here."
  • "There's a name up on the other side of that lamp-post."
  • "Let us wend in that direction. Ah, Pleasant Street? I fancy that
  • the master-mind who chose that name must have had the rudiments of
  • a sense of humour."
  • It was indeed a repellent neighbourhood in which they had arrived.
  • The New York slum stands in a class of its own. It is unique. The
  • height of the houses and the narrowness of the streets seem to
  • condense its unpleasantness. All the smells and noises, which are
  • many and varied, are penned up in a sort of canyon, and gain in
  • vehemence from the fact. The masses of dirty clothes hanging from
  • the fire-escapes increase the depression. Nowhere in the city does
  • one realise so fully the disadvantages of a lack of space. New
  • York, being an island, has had no room to spread. It is a town of
  • human sardines. In the poorer quarters the congestion is
  • unbelievable.
  • Psmith and Mike picked their way through the groups of ragged
  • children who covered the roadway. There seemed to be thousands of
  • them.
  • "Poor kids!" said Mike. "It must be awful living in a hole like
  • this."
  • Psmith said nothing. He was looking thoughtful. He glanced up at
  • the grimy buildings on each side. On the lower floors one could
  • see into dark, bare rooms. These were the star apartments of the
  • tenement-houses, for they opened on to the street, and so got a
  • little light and air. The imagination jibbed at the thought of the
  • back rooms.
  • "I wonder who owns these places," said Psmith. "It seems to me
  • that there's what you might call room for improvement. It wouldn't
  • be a scaly idea to turn that _Cosy Moments_ search-light we were
  • talking about on to them."
  • They walked on a few steps.
  • "Look here," said Psmith, stopping. "This place makes me sick. I'm
  • going in to have a look round. I expect some muscular householder
  • will resent the intrusion and boot us out, but we'll risk it."
  • Followed by Mike, he turned in at one of the doors. A group of men
  • leaning against the opposite wall looked at them without curiosity.
  • Probably they took them for reporters hunting for a story.
  • Reporters were the only tolerably well-dressed visitors Pleasant
  • Street ever entertained.
  • It was almost pitch dark on the stairs. They had to feel their way
  • up. Most of the doors were shut but one on the second floor was
  • ajar. Through the opening they had a glimpse of a number of women
  • sitting round on boxes. The floor was covered with little heaps of
  • linen. All the women were sewing. Mike, stumbling in the darkness,
  • almost fell against the door. None of the women looked up at the
  • noise. Time was evidently money in Pleasant Street.
  • On the fourth floor there was an open door. The room was empty. It
  • was a good representative Pleasant Street back room. The architect
  • in this case had given rein to a passion for originality. He had
  • constructed the room without a window of any sort whatsoever. There
  • was a square opening in the door. Through this, it was to be
  • presumed, the entire stock of air used by the occupants was
  • supposed to come.
  • They stumbled downstairs again and out into the street. By contrast
  • with the conditions indoors the street seemed spacious and breezy.
  • "This," said Psmith, as they walked on, "is where _Cosy Moments_ gets
  • busy at a singularly early date."
  • "What are you going to do?" asked Mike.
  • "I propose, Comrade Jackson," said Psmith, "if Comrade Windsor is
  • agreeable, to make things as warm for the owner of this place as
  • I jolly well know how. What he wants, of course," he proceeded
  • in the tone of a family doctor prescribing for a patient, "is
  • disembowelling. I fancy, however, that a mawkishly sentimental
  • legislature will prevent our performing that national service. We
  • must endeavour to do what we can by means of kindly criticism in
  • the paper. And now, having settled that important point, let us
  • try and get out of this place of wrath, and find Fourth Avenue."
  • CHAPTER VII
  • VISITORS AT THE OFFICE
  • On the following morning Mike had to leave with the team for
  • Philadelphia. Psmith came down to the ferry to see him off, and
  • hung about moodily until the time of departure.
  • "It is saddening me to a great extent, Comrade Jackson," he said,
  • "this perpetual parting of the ways. When I think of the happy
  • moments we have spent hand-in-hand across the seas, it fills me
  • with a certain melancholy to have you flitting off in this manner
  • without me. Yet there is another side to the picture. To me there
  • is something singularly impressive in our unhesitating reply to the
  • calls of Duty. Your Duty summons you to Philadelphia, to knock the
  • cover off the local bowling. Mine retains me here, to play my part
  • in the great work of making New York sit up. By the time you
  • return, with a century or two, I trust, in your bag, the good work
  • should, I fancy, be getting something of a move on. I will complete
  • the arrangements with regard to the flat."
  • After leaving Pleasant Street they had found Fourth Avenue by a
  • devious route, and had opened negotiations for a large flat near
  • Thirtieth Street. It was immediately above a saloon, which was
  • something of a drawback, but the landlord had assured them that the
  • voices of the revellers did not penetrate to it.
  • * * *
  • When the ferry-boat had borne Mike off across the river, Psmith
  • turned to stroll to the office of _Cosy Moments_. The day was fine,
  • and on the whole, despite Mike's desertion, he felt pleased with
  • life. Psmith's was a nature which required a certain amount of
  • stimulus in the way of gentle excitement; and it seemed to him that
  • the conduct of the remodelled _Cosy Moments_ might supply this. He
  • liked Billy Windsor, and looked forward to a not unenjoyable time
  • till Mike should return.
  • The offices of _Cosy Moments_ were in a large building in the street
  • off Madison Avenue. They consisted of a sort of outer lair, where
  • Pugsy Maloney spent his time reading tales of life in the prairies
  • and heading off undesirable visitors; a small room, which would
  • have belonged to the stenographer if _Cosy Moments_ had possessed
  • one; and a larger room beyond, which was the editorial sanctum.
  • As Psmith passed through the front door, Pugsy Maloney rose.
  • "Say!" said Master Maloney.
  • "Say on, Comrade Maloney," said Psmith.
  • "Dey're in dere."
  • "Who, precisely?"
  • "A whole bunch of dem."
  • Psmith inspected Master Maloney through his eye-glass. "Can
  • you give me any particulars?" he asked patiently. "You are
  • well-meaning, but vague, Comrade Maloney. Who are in there?"
  • "De whole bunch of dem. Dere's Mr. Asher and the Rev. Philpotts and
  • a gazebo what calls himself Waterman and about 'steen more of dem."
  • A faint smile appeared upon Psmith's face.
  • "And is Comrade Windsor in there, too, in the middle of them?"
  • "Nope. Mr. Windsor's out to lunch."
  • "Comrade Windsor knows his business. Why did you let them in?"
  • "Sure, dey just butted in," said Master Maloney complainingly. "I
  • was sittin' here, readin' me book, when de foist of de guys blew
  • in. 'Boy,' says he, 'is de editor in?' 'Nope,' I says. 'I'll go in
  • an' wait,' says he. 'Nuttin' doin',' says I. 'Nix on de goin' in
  • act.' I might as well have saved me breat'. In he butts, and he's
  • in der now. Well, in about t'ree minutes along comes another
  • gazebo. 'Boy,' says he, 'is de editor in?' 'Nope,' I says. 'I'll
  • wait,' says he lightin' out for de door. Wit dat I sees de
  • proposition's too fierce for muh. I can't keep dese big husky guys
  • out if dey's for buttin' in. So when de rest of de bunch comes
  • along, I don't try to give dem de t'run down. I says, 'Well,
  • gents,' I says, 'it's up to youse. De editor ain't in, but if youse
  • wants to join de giddy t'rong, push t'roo inter de inner room. I
  • can't be boddered.'"
  • "And what more _could_ you have said?" agreed Psmith approvingly.
  • "Tell me, Comrade Maloney, what was the general average aspect of
  • these determined spirits?"
  • "Huh?"
  • "Did they seem to you to be gay, lighthearted? Did they carol
  • snatches of song as they went? Or did they appear to be looking
  • for some one with a hatchet?"
  • "Dey was hoppin'-mad, de whole bunch of dem."
  • "As I suspected. But we must not repine, Comrade Maloney. These
  • trifling contretemps are the penalties we pay for our high
  • journalistic aims. I will interview these merchants. I fancy that
  • with the aid of the Diplomatic Smile and the Honeyed Word I may
  • manage to pull through. It is as well, perhaps, that Comrade
  • Windsor is out. The situation calls for the handling of a man of
  • delicate culture and nice tact. Comrade Windsor would probably have
  • endeavoured to clear the room with a chair. If he should arrive
  • during the seance, Comrade Maloney, be so good as to inform him of
  • the state of affairs, and tell him not to come in. Give him my
  • compliments, and tell him to go out and watch the snowdrops growing
  • in Madison Square Garden."
  • "Sure," said Master Maloney.
  • Then Psmith, having smoothed the nap of his hat and flicked a speck
  • of dust from his coat-sleeve, walked to the door of the inner room
  • and went in.
  • CHAPTER VIII
  • THE HONEYED WORD
  • Master Maloney's statement that "about 'steen visitors" had arrived
  • in addition to Messrs. Asher, Waterman, and the Rev. Philpotts
  • proved to have been due to a great extent to a somewhat feverish
  • imagination. There were only five men in the room.
  • As Psmith entered, every eye was turned upon him. To an outside
  • spectator he would have seemed rather like a very well-dressed
  • Daniel introduced into a den of singularly irritable lions. Five
  • pairs of eyes were smouldering with a long-nursed resentment. Five
  • brows were corrugated with wrathful lines. Such, however, was the
  • simple majesty of Psmith's demeanour that for a moment there was
  • dead silence. Not a word was spoken as he paced, wrapped in
  • thought, to the editorial chair. Stillness brooded over the room as
  • he carefully dusted that piece of furniture, and, having done so to
  • his satisfaction, hitched up the knees of his trousers and sank
  • gracefully into a sitting position.
  • This accomplished, he looked up and started. He gazed round the
  • room.
  • "Ha! I am observed!" he murmured.
  • The words broke the spell. Instantly, the five visitors burst
  • simultaneously into speech.
  • "Are you the acting editor of this paper?"
  • "I wish to have a word with you, sir."
  • "Mr. Windsor, I presume?"
  • "Pardon me!"
  • "I should like a few moments' conversation."
  • The start was good and even; but the gentleman who said "Pardon
  • me!" necessarily finished first with the rest nowhere.
  • Psmith turned to him, bowed, and fixed him with a benevolent gaze
  • through his eye-glass.
  • "Are you Mr. Windsor, sir, may I ask?" inquired the favoured one.
  • The others paused for the reply.
  • "Alas! no," said Psmith with manly regret.
  • "Then who are you?"
  • "I am Psmith."
  • There was a pause.
  • "Where is Mr. Windsor?"
  • "He is, I fancy, champing about forty cents' worth of lunch at some
  • neighbouring hostelry."
  • "When will he return?"
  • "Anon. But how much anon I fear I cannot say."
  • The visitors looked at each other.
  • "This is exceedingly annoying," said the man who had said "Pardon
  • me!" "I came for the express purpose of seeing Mr. Windsor."
  • "So did I," chimed in the rest. "Same here. So did I."
  • Psmith bowed courteously.
  • "Comrade Windsor's loss is my gain. Is there anything I can do for
  • you?"
  • "Are you on the editorial staff of this paper?"
  • "I am acting sub-editor. The work is not light," added Psmith
  • gratuitously. "Sometimes the cry goes round, 'Can Psmith get
  • through it all? Will his strength support his unquenchable spirit?'
  • But I stagger on. I do not repine."
  • "Then maybe you can tell me what all this means?" said a small
  • round gentleman who so far had done only chorus work.
  • "If it is in my power to do so, it shall be done, Comrade--I have
  • not the pleasure of your name."
  • "My name is Waterman, sir. I am here on behalf of my wife, whose
  • name you doubtless know."
  • "Correct me if I am wrong," said Psmith, "but I should say it,
  • also, was Waterman."
  • "Luella Granville Waterman, sir," said the little man proudly.
  • Psmith removed his eye-glass, polished it, and replaced it in his
  • eye. He felt that he must run no risk of not seeing clearly the
  • husband of one who, in his opinion, stood alone in literary circles
  • as a purveyor of sheer bilge.
  • "My wife," continued the little man, producing an envelope
  • and handing it to Psmith, "has received this extraordinary
  • communication from a man signing himself W. Windsor. We are
  • both at a loss to make head or tail of it."
  • Psmith was reading the letter.
  • "It seems reasonably clear to me," he said.
  • "It is an outrage. My wife has been a contributor to this journal
  • from its foundation. Her work has given every satisfaction to Mr.
  • Wilberfloss. And now, without the slightest warning, comes this
  • peremptory dismissal from W. Windsor. Who is W. Windsor? Where is
  • Mr. Wilberfloss?"
  • The chorus burst forth. It seemed that that was what they all
  • wanted to know: Who was W. Windsor? Where was Mr. Wilberfloss?
  • "I am the Reverend Edwin T. Philpotts, sir," said a cadaverous-looking
  • man with pale blue eyes and a melancholy face. "I have
  • contributed 'Moments of Meditation' to this journal for a very
  • considerable period of time."
  • "I have read your page with the keenest interest," said Psmith. "I
  • may be wrong, but yours seems to me work which the world will not
  • willingly let die."
  • The Reverend Edwin's frosty face thawed into a bleak smile.
  • "And yet," continued Psmith, "I gather that Comrade Windsor, on the
  • other hand, actually wishes to hurry on its decease. It is these
  • strange contradictions, these clashings of personal taste, which
  • make up what we call life. Here we have, on the one hand--"
  • A man with a face like a walnut, who had hitherto lurked almost
  • unseen behind a stout person in a serge suit, bobbed into the open,
  • and spoke his piece.
  • "Where's this fellow Windsor? W. Windsor. That's the man we want
  • to see. I've been working for this paper without a break, except
  • when I had the mumps, for four years, and I've reason to know that
  • my page was as widely read and appreciated as any in New York. And
  • now up comes this Windsor fellow, if you please, and tells me in so
  • many words the paper's got no use for me."
  • "These are life's tragedies," murmured Psmith.
  • "What's he mean by it? That's what I want to know. And that's what
  • these gentlemen want to know--See here--"
  • "I am addressing--?" said Psmith.
  • "Asher's my name. B. Henderson Asher. I write 'Moments of Mirth.'"
  • A look almost of excitement came into Psmith's face, such a look as
  • a visitor to a foreign land might wear when confronted with some
  • great national monument. That he should be privileged to look upon
  • the author of "Moments of Mirth" in the flesh, face to face, was
  • almost too much.
  • "Comrade Asher," he said reverently, "may I shake your hand?"
  • The other extended his hand with some suspicion.
  • "Your 'Moments of Mirth,'" said Psmith, shaking it, "have
  • frequently reconciled me to the toothache."
  • He reseated himself.
  • "Gentlemen," he said, "this is a painful case. The circumstances,
  • as you will readily admit when you have heard all, are peculiar.
  • You have asked me where Mr. Wilberfloss is. I do not know."
  • "You don't know!" exclaimed Mr. Waterman.
  • "I don't know. You don't know. They," said Psmith, indicating the
  • rest with a wave of the hand, "don't know. Nobody knows. His
  • locality is as hard to ascertain as that of a black cat in a
  • coal-cellar on a moonless night. Shortly before I joined this
  • journal, Mr. Wilberfloss, by his doctor's orders, started out on a
  • holiday, leaving no address. No letters were to be forwarded. He
  • was to enjoy complete rest. Where is he now? Who shall say?
  • Possibly legging it down some rugged slope in the Rockies, with two
  • bears and a wild cat in earnest pursuit. Possibly in the midst of
  • some Florida everglade, making a noise like a piece of meat in
  • order to snare crocodiles. Possibly in Canada, baiting moose-traps.
  • We have no data."
  • Silent consternation prevailed among the audience. Finally the Rev.
  • Edwin T. Philpotts was struck with an idea.
  • "Where is Mr. White?" he asked.
  • The point was well received.
  • "Yes, where's Mr. Benjamin White?" chorused the rest.
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "In Europe. I cannot say more."
  • The audience's consternation deepened.
  • "Then, do you mean to say," demanded Mr. Asher, "that this fellow
  • Windsor's the boss here, that what he says goes?"
  • Psmith bowed.
  • "With your customary clear-headedness, Comrade Asher, you have got
  • home on the bull's-eye first pop. Comrade Windsor is indeed the
  • boss. A man of intensely masterful character, he will brook no
  • opposition. I am powerless to sway him. Suggestions from myself as
  • to the conduct of the paper would infuriate him. He believes that
  • radical changes are necessary in the programme of _Cosy Moments_, and
  • he means to put them through if it snows. Doubtless he would gladly
  • consider your work if it fitted in with his ideas. A snappy account
  • of a glove-fight, a spine-shaking word-picture of a railway smash,
  • or something on those lines, would be welcomed. But--"
  • "I have never heard of such a thing," said Mr. Waterman indignantly.
  • Psmith sighed.
  • "Some time ago," he said, "--how long it seems!--I remember saying
  • to a young friend of mine of the name of Spiller, 'Comrade Spiller,
  • never confuse the unusual with the impossible.' It is my guiding
  • rule in life. It is unusual for the substitute-editor of a weekly
  • paper to do a Captain Kidd act and take entire command of the
  • journal on his own account; but is it impossible? Alas no. Comrade
  • Windsor has done it. That is where you, Comrade Asher, and you,
  • gentlemen, have landed yourselves squarely in the broth. You have
  • confused the unusual with the impossible."
  • "But what is to be done?" cried Mr. Asher.
  • "I fear that there is nothing to be done, except wait. The present
  • _régime_ is but an experiment. It may be that when Comrade
  • Wilberfloss, having dodged the bears and eluded the wild cat,
  • returns to his post at the helm of this journal, he may decide not
  • to continue on the lines at present mapped out. He should be back
  • in about ten weeks."
  • "Ten weeks!"
  • "I fancy that was to be the duration of his holiday. Till then my
  • advice to you gentlemen is to wait. You may rely on me to keep a
  • watchful eye upon your interests. When your thoughts tend to take a
  • gloomy turn, say to yourselves, 'All is well. Psmith is keeping a
  • watchful eye upon our interests.'"
  • "All the same, I should like to see this W. Windsor," said Mr.
  • Asher.
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "I shouldn't," he said. "I speak in your best interests. Comrade
  • Windsor is a man of the fiercest passions. He cannot brook
  • interference. Were you to question the wisdom of his plans, there
  • is no knowing what might not happen. He would be the first to
  • regret any violent action, when once he had cooled off, but would
  • that be any consolation to his victim? I think not. Of course, if
  • you wish it, I could arrange a meeting--"
  • Mr. Asher said no, he thought it didn't matter.
  • "I guess I can wait," he said.
  • "That," said Psmith approvingly, "is the right spirit. Wait. That
  • is the watch-word. And now," he added, rising, "I wonder if a bit
  • of lunch somewhere might not be a good thing? We have had an
  • interesting but fatiguing little chat. Our tissues require
  • restoring. If you gentlemen would care to join me--"
  • Ten minutes later the company was seated in complete harmony round
  • a table at the Knickerbocker. Psmith, with the dignified bonhomie
  • of a seigneur of the old school, was ordering the wine; while B.
  • Henderson Asher, brimming over with good-humour, was relating to an
  • attentive circle an anecdote which should have appeared in his next
  • instalment of "Moments of Mirth."
  • CHAPTER IX
  • FULL STEAM AHEAD
  • When Psmith returned to the office, he found Billy Windsor in the
  • doorway, just parting from a thick-set young man, who seemed to be
  • expressing his gratitude to the editor for some good turn. He was
  • shaking him warmly by the hand.
  • Psmith stood aside to let him pass.
  • "An old college chum, Comrade Windsor?" he asked.
  • "That was Kid Brady."
  • "The name is unfamiliar to me. Another contributor?"
  • "He's from my part of the country--Wyoming. He wants to fight any
  • one in the world at a hundred and thirty-three pounds."
  • "We all have our hobbies. Comrade Brady appears to have selected a
  • somewhat exciting one. He would find stamp-collecting less
  • exacting."
  • "It hasn't given him much excitement so far, poor chap," said Billy
  • Windsor. "He's in the championship class, and here he has been
  • pottering about New York for a month without being able to get a
  • fight. It's always the way in this rotten East," continued Billy,
  • warming up as was his custom when discussing a case of oppression
  • and injustice. "It's all graft here. You've got to let half a dozen
  • brutes dip into every dollar you earn, or you don't get a chance.
  • If the kid had a manager, he'd get all the fights he wanted. And
  • the manager would get nearly all the money. I've told him that we
  • will back him up."
  • "You have hit it, Comrade Windsor," said Psmith with enthusiasm.
  • "_Cosy Moments_ shall be Comrade Brady's manager. We will give him a
  • much-needed boost up in our columns. A sporting section is what the
  • paper requires more than anything."
  • "If things go on as they've started, what it will require still
  • more will be a fighting-editor. Pugsy tells me you had visitors
  • while I was out."
  • "A few," said Psmith. "One or two very entertaining fellows.
  • Comrades Asher, Philpotts, and others. I have just been giving them
  • a bite of lunch at the Knickerbocker."
  • "Lunch!"
  • "A most pleasant little lunch. We are now as brothers. I fear I
  • have made you perhaps a shade unpopular with our late contributors;
  • but these things must be. We must clench our teeth and face them
  • manfully. If I were you, I think I should not drop in at the house
  • of Comrade Asher and the rest to take pot-luck for some little time
  • to come. In order to soothe the squad I was compelled to curse you
  • to some extent."
  • "Don't mind me."
  • "I think I may say I didn't."
  • "Say, look here, you must charge up the price of that lunch to the
  • office. Necessary expenses, you know."
  • "I could not dream of doing such a thing, Comrade Windsor. The
  • whole affair was a great treat to me. I have few pleasures. Comrade
  • Asher alone was worth the money. I found his society intensely
  • interesting. I have always believed in the Darwinian theory.
  • Comrade Asher confirmed my views."
  • They went into the inner office. Psmith removed his hat and coat.
  • "And now once more to work," he said. "Psmith the _flaneur_ of Fifth
  • Avenue ceases to exist. In his place we find Psmith the hard-headed
  • sub-editor. Be so good as to indicate a job of work for me,
  • Comrade Windsor. I am champing at my bit."
  • Billy Windsor sat down, and lit his pipe.
  • "What we want most," he said thoughtfully, "is some big topic.
  • That's the only way to get a paper going. Look at _Everybody's
  • Magazine_. They didn't amount to a row of beans till Lawson started
  • his 'Frenzied Finance' articles. Directly they began, the whole
  • country was squealing for copies. _Everybody's_ put up their price
  • from ten to fifteen cents, and now they lead the field."
  • "The country must squeal for _Cosy Moments_," said Psmith firmly. "I
  • fancy I have a scheme which may not prove wholly scaly. Wandering
  • yesterday with Comrade Jackson in a search for Fourth Avenue, I
  • happened upon a spot called Pleasant Street. Do you know it?"
  • Billy Windsor nodded.
  • "I went down there once or twice when I was a reporter. It's a
  • beastly place."
  • "It is a singularly beastly place. We went into one of the houses."
  • "They're pretty bad."
  • "Who owns them?"
  • "I don't know. Probably some millionaire. Those tenement houses
  • are about as paying an investment as you can have."
  • "Hasn't anybody ever tried to do anything about them?"
  • "Not so far as I know. It's pretty difficult to get at these
  • fellows, you see. But they're fierce, aren't they, those houses!"
  • "What," asked Psmith, "is the precise difficulty of getting at
  • these merchants?"
  • "Well, it's this way. There are all sorts of laws about the places,
  • but any one who wants can get round them as easy as falling off a
  • log. The law says a tenement house is a building occupied by more
  • than two families. Well, when there's a fuss, all the man has to do
  • is to clear out all the families but two. Then, when the inspector
  • fellow comes along, and says, let's say, 'Where's your running
  • water on each floor? That's what the law says you've got to have,
  • and here are these people having to go downstairs and out of doors
  • to fetch their water supplies,' the landlord simply replies,
  • 'Nothing doing. This isn't a tenement house at all. There are only
  • two families here.' And when the fuss has blown over, back come the
  • rest of the crowd, and things go on the same as before."
  • "I see," said Psmith. "A very cheery scheme."
  • "Then there's another thing. You can't get hold of the man who's
  • really responsible, unless you're prepared to spend thousands
  • ferreting out evidence. The land belongs in the first place to some
  • corporation or other. They lease it to a lessee. When there's a
  • fuss, they say they aren't responsible, it's up to the lessee. And
  • he lies so low that you can't find out who he is. It's all just
  • like the East. Everything in the East is as crooked as Pearl
  • Street. If you want a square deal, you've got to come out Wyoming
  • way."
  • "The main problem, then," said Psmith, "appears to be the discovery
  • of the lessee, lad? Surely a powerful organ like _Cosy Moments_, with
  • its vast ramifications, could bring off a thing like that?"
  • "I doubt it. We'll try, anyway. There's no knowing but what we may
  • have luck."
  • "Precisely," said Psmith. "Full steam ahead, and trust to luck. The
  • chances are that, if we go on long enough, we shall eventually
  • arrive somewhere. After all, Columbus didn't know that America
  • existed when he set out. All he knew was some highly interesting
  • fact about an egg. What that was, I do not at the moment recall,
  • but it bucked Columbus up like a tonic. It made him fizz ahead like
  • a two-year-old. The facts which will nerve us to effort are two. In
  • the first place, we know that there must be some one at the bottom
  • of the business. Secondly, as there appears to be no law of libel
  • whatsoever in this great and free country, we shall be enabled to
  • haul up our slacks with a considerable absence of restraint."
  • "Sure," said Billy Windsor. "Which of us is going to write the
  • first article?"
  • "You may leave it to me, Comrade Windsor. I am no hardened old
  • journalist, I fear, but I have certain qualifications for the post.
  • A young man once called at the office of a certain newspaper, and
  • asked for a job. 'Have you any special line?' asked the editor.
  • 'Yes,' said the bright lad, 'I am rather good at invective.' 'Any
  • special kind of invective?' queried the man up top. 'No,' replied
  • our hero, 'just general invective.' Such is my own case, Comrade
  • Windsor. I am a very fair purveyor of good, general invective. And
  • as my visit to Pleasant Street is of such recent date, I am
  • tolerably full of my subject. Taking full advantage of the
  • benevolent laws of this country governing libel, I fancy I will
  • produce a screed which will make this anonymous lessee feel as if
  • he had inadvertently seated himself upon a tin-tack. Give me pen
  • and paper, Comrade Windsor, instruct Comrade Maloney to suspend his
  • whistling till such time as I am better able to listen to it; and I
  • think we have got a success."
  • CHAPTER X
  • GOING SOME
  • There was once an editor of a paper in the Far West who was sitting
  • at his desk, musing pleasantly of life, when a bullet crashed
  • through the window and embedded itself in the wall at the back of
  • his head. A happy smile lit up the editor's face. "Ah," he said
  • complacently, "I knew that Personal column of ours was going to be
  • a success!"
  • What the bullet was to the Far West editor, the visit of Mr.
  • Francis Parker to the offices of _Cosy Moments_ was to Billy Windsor.
  • It occurred in the third week of the new _régime_ of the paper.
  • _Cosy Moments_, under its new management, had bounded ahead like a
  • motor-car when the throttle is opened. Incessant work had been the
  • order of the day. Billy Windsor's hair had become more dishevelled
  • than ever, and even Psmith had at moments lost a certain amount of
  • his dignified calm. Sandwiched in between the painful case of Kid
  • Brady and the matter of the tenements, which formed the star items
  • of the paper's contents, was a mass of bright reading dealing with
  • the events of the day. Billy Windsor's newspaper friends had turned
  • in some fine, snappy stuff in their best Yellow Journal manner,
  • relating to the more stirring happenings in the city. Psmith, who
  • had constituted himself guardian of the literary and dramatic
  • interests of the paper, had employed his gift of general invective
  • to considerable effect, as was shown by a conversation between
  • Master Maloney and a visitor one morning, heard through the open
  • door.
  • "I wish to see the editor of this paper," said the visitor.
  • "Editor not in," said Master Maloney, untruthfully.
  • "Ha! Then when he returns I wish you to give him a message."
  • "Sure."
  • "I am Aubrey Bodkin, of the National Theatre. Give him my
  • compliments, and tell him that Mr. Bodkin does not lightly forget."
  • An unsolicited testimonial which caused Psmith the keenest
  • satisfaction.
  • The section of the paper devoted to Kid Brady was attractive to all
  • those with sporting blood in them. Each week there appeared in the
  • same place on the same page a portrait of the Kid, looking moody
  • and important, in an attitude of self-defence, and under the
  • portrait the legend, "Jimmy Garvin must meet this boy." Jimmy was
  • the present holder of the light-weight title. He had won it a year
  • before, and since then had confined himself to smoking cigars as
  • long as walking-sticks and appearing nightly as the star in a
  • music-hall sketch entitled "A Fight for Honour." His reminiscences
  • were appearing weekly in a Sunday paper. It was this that gave
  • Psmith the idea of publishing Kid Brady's autobiography in _Cosy
  • Moments_, an idea which made the Kid his devoted adherent from then
  • on. Like most pugilists, the Kid had a passion for bursting into
  • print, and his life had been saddened up to the present by the
  • refusal of the press to publish his reminiscences. To appear in
  • print is the fighter's accolade. It signifies that he has arrived.
  • Psmith extended the hospitality of page four of _Cosy Moments_ to Kid
  • Brady, and the latter leaped at the chance. He was grateful to
  • Psmith for not editing his contributions. Other pugilists,
  • contributing to other papers, groaned under the supervision of a
  • member of the staff who cut out their best passages and altered the
  • rest into Addisonian English. The readers of _Cosy Moments_ got Kid
  • Brady raw.
  • "Comrade Brady," said Psmith to Billy, "has a singularly pure and
  • pleasing style. It is bound to appeal powerfully to the
  • many-headed. Listen to this bit. Our hero is fighting Battling Jack
  • Benson in that eminent artist's native town of Louisville, and the
  • citizens have given their native son the Approving Hand, while
  • receiving Comrade Brady with chilly silence. Here is the Kid on the
  • subject: 'I looked around that house, and I seen I hadn't a friend
  • in it. And then the gong goes, and I says to myself how I has one
  • friend, my poor old mother way out in Wyoming, and I goes in and
  • mixes it, and then I seen Benson losing his goat, so I ups with an
  • awful half-scissor hook to the plexus, and in the next round I seen
  • Benson has a chunk of yellow, and I gets in with a hay-maker and I
  • picks up another sleep-producer from the floor and hands it him,
  • and he takes the count all right.' . . Crisp, lucid, and to the
  • point. That is what the public wants. If this does not bring
  • Comrade Garvin up to the scratch, nothing will."
  • But the feature of the paper was the "Tenement" series. It was late
  • summer now, and there was nothing much going on in New York. The
  • public was consequently free to take notice. The sale of _Cosy
  • Moments_ proceeded briskly. As Psmith had predicted, the change of
  • policy had the effect of improving the sales to a marked extent.
  • Letters of complaint from old subscribers poured into the office
  • daily. But, as Billy Windsor complacently remarked, they had paid
  • their subscriptions, so that the money was safe whether they read
  • the paper or not. And, meanwhile, a large new public had sprung up
  • and was growing every week. Advertisements came trooping in. _Cosy
  • Moments_, in short, was passing through an era of prosperity
  • undreamed of in its history.
  • "Young blood," said Psmith nonchalantly, "young blood. That is the
  • secret. A paper must keep up to date, or it falls behind its
  • competitors in the race. Comrade Wilberfloss's methods were
  • possibly sound, but too limited and archaic. They lacked ginger. We
  • of the younger generation have our fingers more firmly on the
  • public pulse. We read off the public's unspoken wishes as if by
  • intuition. We know the game from A to Z."
  • At this moment Master Maloney entered, bearing in his hand a card.
  • "'Francis Parker'?" said Billy, taking it. "Don't know him."
  • "Nor I," said Psmith. "We make new friends daily."
  • "He's a guy with a tall-shaped hat," volunteered Master Maloney,
  • "an' he's wearin' a dude suit an' shiny shoes."
  • "Comrade Parker," said Psmith approvingly, "has evidently not been
  • blind to the importance of a visit to _Cosy Moments_. He has dressed
  • himself in his best. He has felt, rightly, that this is no occasion
  • for the old straw hat and the baggy flannels. I would not have it
  • otherwise. It is the right spirit. Shall we give him audience,
  • Comrade Windsor?"
  • "I wonder what he wants."
  • "That," said Psmith, "we shall ascertain more clearly after a
  • personal interview. Comrade Maloney, show the gentleman in. We can
  • give him three and a quarter minutes."
  • Pugsy withdrew.
  • Mr. Francis Parker proved to be a man who might have been any age
  • between twenty-five and thirty-five. He had a smooth, clean-shaven
  • face, and a cat-like way of moving. As Pugsy had stated in effect,
  • he wore a tail-coat, trousers with a crease which brought a smile
  • of kindly approval to Psmith's face, and patent-leather boots of
  • pronounced shininess. Gloves and a tall hat, which he carried,
  • completed an impressive picture.
  • He moved softly into the room.
  • "I wished to see the editor."
  • Psmith waved a hand towards Billy.
  • "The treat has not been denied you," he said. "Before you is
  • Comrade Windsor, the Wyoming cracker-jack. He is our editor. I
  • myself--I am Psmith--though but a subordinate, may also claim the
  • title in a measure. Technically, I am but a sub-editor; but such is
  • the mutual esteem in which Comrade Windsor and I hold each other
  • that we may practically be said to be inseparable. We have no
  • secrets from each other. You may address us both impartially. Will
  • you sit for a space?"
  • He pushed a chair towards the visitor, who seated himself with the
  • care inspired by a perfect trouser-crease. There was a momentary
  • silence while he selected a spot on the table on which to place his
  • hat.
  • "The style of the paper has changed greatly, has it not, during the
  • past few weeks?" he said. "I have never been, shall I say, a
  • constant reader of _Cosy Moments_, and I may be wrong. But is not its
  • interest in current affairs a recent development?"
  • "You are very right," responded Psmith. "Comrade Windsor, a man of
  • alert and restless temperament, felt that a change was essential if
  • _Cosy Moments_ was to lead public thought. Comrade Wilberfloss's
  • methods were good in their way. I have no quarrel with Comrade
  • Wilberfloss. But he did not lead public thought. He catered
  • exclusively for children with water on the brain, and men and women
  • with solid ivory skulls. Comrade Windsor, with a broader view,
  • feels that there are other and larger publics. He refuses to
  • content himself with ladling out a weekly dole of mental
  • predigested breakfast food. He provides meat. He--"
  • "Then--excuse me--" said Mr. Parker, turning to Billy, "You, I take
  • it, are responsible for this very vigorous attack on the
  • tenement-house owners?"
  • "You can take it I am," said Billy.
  • Psmith interposed.
  • "We are both responsible, Comrade Parker. If any husky guy, as I
  • fancy Master Maloney would phrase it, is anxious to aim a swift
  • kick at the man behind those articles, he must distribute it evenly
  • between Comrade Windsor and myself."
  • "I see." Mr. Parker paused. "They are--er--very outspoken
  • articles," he added.
  • "Warm stuff," agreed Psmith. "Distinctly warm stuff."
  • "May I speak frankly?" said Mr. Parker.
  • "Assuredly, Comrade Parker. There must be no secrets, no restraint
  • between us. We would not have you go away and say to yourself, 'Did
  • I make my meaning clear? Was I too elusive?' Say on."
  • "I am speaking in your best interests."
  • "Who would doubt it, Comrade Parker. Nothing has buoyed us up more
  • strongly during the hours of doubt through which we have passed
  • than the knowledge that you wish us well."
  • Billy Windsor suddenly became militant. There was a feline
  • smoothness about the visitor which had been jarring upon him ever
  • since he first spoke. Billy was of the plains, the home of blunt
  • speech, where you looked your man in the eye and said it quick. Mr.
  • Parker was too bland for human consumption. He offended Billy's
  • honest soul.
  • "See here," cried he, leaning forward, "what's it all about? Let's
  • have it. If you've anything to say about those articles, say it
  • right out. Never mind our best interests. We can look after them.
  • Let's have what's worrying you."
  • Psmith waved a deprecating hand.
  • "Do not let us be abrupt on this happy occasion. To me it is
  • enough simply to sit and chat with Comrade Parker, irrespective of
  • the trend of his conversation. Still, as time is money, and this is
  • our busy day, possibly it might be as well, sir, if you unburdened
  • yourself as soon as convenient. Have you come to point out some
  • flaw in those articles? Do they fall short in any way of your
  • standard for such work?"
  • Mr. Parker's smooth face did not change its expression, but he came
  • to the point.
  • "I should not go on with them if I were you," he said.
  • "Why?" demanded Billy.
  • "There are reasons why you should not," said Mr. Parker.
  • "And there are reasons why we should."
  • "Less powerful ones."
  • There proceeded from Billy a noise not describable in words. It was
  • partly a snort, partly a growl. It resembled more than anything
  • else the preliminary sniffing snarl a bull-dog emits before he
  • joins battle. Billy's cow-boy blood was up. He was rapidly
  • approaching the state of mind in which the men of the plains,
  • finding speech unequal to the expression of their thoughts, reach
  • for their guns.
  • Psmith intervened.
  • "We do not completely gather your meaning, Comrade Parker. I fear
  • we must ask you to hand it to us with still more breezy frankness.
  • Do you speak from purely friendly motives? Are you advising us to
  • discontinue the articles merely because you fear that they will
  • damage our literary reputation? Or are there other reasons why you
  • feel that they should cease? Do you speak solely as a literary
  • connoisseur? Is it the style or the subject-matter of which you
  • disapprove?"
  • Mr. Parker leaned forward.
  • "The gentleman whom I represent--"
  • "Then this is no matter of your own personal taste? You are an
  • emissary?"
  • "These articles are causing a certain inconvenience to the
  • gentleman whom I represent. Or, rather, he feels that, if
  • continued, they may do so."
  • "You mean," broke in Billy explosively, "that if we kick up enough
  • fuss to make somebody start a commission to inquire into this
  • rotten business, your friend who owns the private Hades we're
  • trying to get improved, will have to get busy and lose some of his
  • money by making the houses fit to live in? Is that it?"
  • "It is not so much the money, Mr. Windsor, though, of course, the
  • expense would be considerable. My employer is a wealthy man."
  • "I bet he is," said Billy disgustedly. "I've no doubt he makes a
  • mighty good pile out of Pleasant Street."
  • "It is not so much the money," repeated Mr. Parker, "as the
  • publicity involved. I speak quite frankly. There are reasons why my
  • employer would prefer not to come before the public just now as the
  • owner of the Pleasant Street property. I need not go into those
  • reasons. It is sufficient to say that they are strong ones."
  • "Well, he knows what to do, I guess. The moment he starts in to
  • make those houses decent, the articles stop. It's up to him."
  • Psmith nodded.
  • "Comrade Windsor is correct. He has hit the mark and rung the bell.
  • No conscientious judge would withhold from Comrade Windsor a cigar
  • or a cocoanut, according as his private preference might dictate.
  • That is the matter in a nutshell. Remove the reason for those very
  • scholarly articles, and they cease."
  • Mr. Parker shook his head.
  • "I fear that is not feasible. The expense of reconstructing the
  • houses makes that impossible."
  • "Then there's no use in talking," said Billy. "The articles will
  • go on."
  • Mr. Parker coughed. A tentative cough, suggesting that the
  • situation was now about to enter upon a more delicate phase. Billy
  • and Psmith waited for him to begin. From their point of view the
  • discussion was over. If it was to be reopened on fresh lines, it
  • was for their visitor to effect that reopening.
  • "Now, I'm going to be frank, gentlemen," said he, as who should
  • say, "We are all friends here. Let us be hearty." "I'm going to put
  • my cards on the table, and see if we can't fix something up. Now,
  • see here: We don't want unpleasantness. You aren't in this business
  • for your healths, eh? You've got your living to make, just like
  • everybody else, I guess. Well, see here. This is how it stands. To
  • a certain extant, I don't mind admitting, seeing that we're being
  • frank with one another, you two gentlemen have got us--that's to
  • say, my employer--in a cleft stick. Frankly, those articles are
  • beginning to attract attention, and if they go on there's going to
  • be a lot of inconvenience for my employer. That's clear, I reckon.
  • Well, now, here's a square proposition. How much do you want to
  • stop those articles? That's straight. I've been frank with you,
  • and I want you to be frank with me. What's your figure? Name it,
  • and, if it's not too high, I guess we needn't quarrel."
  • He looked expectantly at Billy. Billy's eyes were bulging. He
  • struggled for speech. He had got as far as "Say!" when Psmith
  • interrupted him. Psmith, gazing sadly at Mr. Parker through his
  • monocle, spoke quietly, with the restrained dignity of some old
  • Roman senator dealing with the enemies of the Republic.
  • "Comrade Parker," he said, "I fear that you have allowed constant
  • communication with the conscienceless commercialism of this worldly
  • city to undermine your moral sense. It is useless to dangle rich
  • bribes before our eyes. _Cosy Moments_ cannot be muzzled. You
  • doubtless mean well, according to your--if I may say so--somewhat
  • murky lights, but we are not for sale, except at ten cents weekly.
  • From the hills of Maine to the Everglades of Florida, from Sandy
  • Hook to San Francisco, from Portland, Oregon, to Melonsquashville,
  • Tennessee, one sentence is in every man's mouth. And what is that
  • sentence? I give you three guesses. You give it up? It is this:
  • '_Cosy Moments_ cannot be muzzled!'"
  • Mr. Parker rose.
  • "There's nothing more to be done then," he said.
  • "Nothing," agreed Psmith, "except to make a noise like a hoop and
  • roll away."
  • "And do it quick," yelled Billy, exploding like a fire-cracker.
  • Psmith bowed.
  • "Speed," he admitted, "would be no bad thing. Frankly--if I may
  • borrow the expression--your square proposition has wounded us. I am
  • a man of powerful self-restraint, one of those strong, silent men,
  • and I can curb my emotions. But I fear that Comrade Windsor's
  • generous temperament may at any moment prompt him to start throwing
  • ink-pots. And in Wyoming his deadly aim with the ink-pot won him
  • among the admiring cowboys the sobriquet of Crack-Shot Cuthbert. As
  • man to man, Comrade Parker, I should advise you to bound swiftly
  • away."
  • "I'm going," said Mr. Parker, picking up his hat. "And I'll give
  • you a piece of advice, too. Those articles are going to be stopped,
  • and if you've any sense between you, you'll stop them yourselves
  • before you get hurt. That's all I've got to say, and that goes."
  • He went out, closing the door behind him with a bang that added
  • emphasis to his words.
  • "To men of nicely poised nervous organisation such as ourselves,
  • Comrade Windsor," said Psmith, smoothing his waistcoat thoughtfully,
  • "these scenes are acutely painful. We wince before them. Our
  • ganglions quiver like cinematographs. Gradually recovering command
  • of ourselves, we review the situation. Did our visitor's final
  • remarks convey anything definite to you? Were they the mere casual
  • badinage of a parting guest, or was there something solid behind
  • them?"
  • Billy Windsor was looking serious.
  • "I guess he meant it all right. He's evidently working for somebody
  • pretty big, and that sort of man would have a pull with all kinds
  • of Thugs. We shall have to watch out. Now that they find we can't
  • be bought, they'll try the other way. They mean business sure
  • enough. But, by George, let 'em! We're up against a big thing, and
  • I'm going to see it through if they put every gang in New York on
  • to us."
  • "Precisely, Comrade Windsor. _Cosy Moments_, as I have had occasion
  • to observe before, cannot be muzzled."
  • "That's right," said Billy Windsor. "And," he added, with the
  • contented look the Far West editor must have worn as the bullet
  • came through the window, "we must have got them scared, or they
  • wouldn't have shown their hand that way. I guess we're making a
  • hit. _Cosy Moments_ is going some now."
  • CHAPTER XI
  • THE MAN AT THE ASTOR
  • The duties of Master Pugsy Maloney at the offices of _Cosy Moments_
  • were not heavy; and he was accustomed to occupy his large store of
  • leisure by reading narratives dealing with life in the prairies,
  • which he acquired at a neighbouring shop at cut rates in
  • consideration of their being shop-soiled. It was while he was
  • engrossed in one of these, on the morning following the visit of
  • Mr. Parker, that the seedy-looking man made his appearance. He
  • walked in from the street, and stood before Master Maloney.
  • "Hey, kid," he said.
  • Pugsy looked up with some hauteur. He resented being addressed as
  • "kid" by perfect strangers.
  • "Editor in, Tommy?" inquired the man.
  • Pugsy by this time had taken a thorough dislike to him. To be
  • called "kid" was bad. The subtle insult of "Tommy" was still worse.
  • "Nope," he said curtly, fixing his eyes again on his book. A
  • movement on the part of the visitor attracted his attention. The
  • seedy man was making for the door of the inner room. Pugsy
  • instantly ceased to be the student and became the man of action. He
  • sprang from his seat and wriggled in between the man and the door.
  • "Youse can't butt in dere," he said authoritatively. "Chase
  • yerself."
  • The man eyed him with displeasure.
  • "Fresh kid!" he observed disapprovingly.
  • "Fade away," urged Master Maloney.
  • The visitor's reply was to extend a hand and grasp Pugsy's left ear
  • between a long finger and thumb. Since time began, small boys in
  • every country have had but one answer for this action. Pugsy made
  • it. He emitted a piercing squeal in which pain, fear, and
  • resentment strove for supremacy.
  • The noise penetrated into the editorial sanctum, losing only a
  • small part of its strength on the way. Psmith, who was at work on
  • a review of a book of poetry, looked up with patient sadness.
  • "If Comrade Maloney," he said, "is going to take to singing as well
  • as whistling, I fear this journal must put up its shutters.
  • Concentrated thought will be out of the question."
  • A second squeal rent the air. Billy Windsor jumped up.
  • "Somebody must be hurting the kid," he exclaimed.
  • He hurried to the door and flung it open. Psmith followed at a more
  • leisurely pace. The seedy man, caught in the act, released Master
  • Maloney, who stood rubbing his ear with resentment written on every
  • feature.
  • On such occasions as this Billy was a man of few words. He made a
  • dive for the seedy man; but the latter, who during the preceding
  • moment had been eyeing the two editors as if he were committing
  • their appearance to memory, sprang back, and was off down the
  • stairs with the agility of a Marathon runner.
  • "He blows in," said Master Maloney, aggrieved, "and asks is de
  • editor dere. I tells him no, 'cos youse said youse wasn't, and he
  • nips me by the ear when I gets busy to stop him gettin' t'roo."
  • "Comrade Maloney," said Psmith, "you are a martyr. What would
  • Horatius have done if somebody had nipped him by the ear when he
  • was holding the bridge? The story does not consider the
  • possibility. Yet it might have made all the difference. Did the
  • gentleman state his business?"
  • "Nope. Just tried to butt t'roo."
  • "Another of these strong silent men. The world is full of us. These
  • are the perils of the journalistic life. You will be safer and
  • happier when you are rounding up cows on your mustang."
  • "I wonder what he wanted," said Billy, when they were back again in
  • the inner room.
  • "Who can say, Comrade Windsor? Possibly our autographs. Possibly
  • five minutes' chat on general subjects."
  • "I don't like the look of him," said Billy.
  • "Whereas what Comrade Maloney objected to was the feel of him. In
  • what respect did his look jar upon you? His clothes were poorly
  • cut, but such things, I know, leave you unmoved."
  • "It seems to me," said Billy thoughtfully, "as if he came just to
  • get a sight of us."
  • "And he got it. Ah, Providence is good to the poor."
  • "Whoever's behind those tenements isn't going to stick at any odd
  • trifle. We must watch out. That man was probably sent to mark us
  • down for one of the gangs. Now they'll know what we look like, and
  • they can get after us."
  • "These are the drawbacks to being public men, Comrade Windsor. We
  • must bear them manfully, without wincing."
  • Billy turned again to his work.
  • "I'm not going to wince," he said, "so's you could notice it with a
  • microscope. What I'm going to do is to buy a good big stick. And
  • I'd advise you to do the same."
  • * * *
  • It was by Psmith's suggestion that the editorial staff of _Cosy
  • Moments_ dined that night in the roof-garden at the top of the
  • Astor Hotel.
  • "The tired brain," he said, "needs to recuperate. To feed on such
  • a night as this in some low-down hostelry on the level of the
  • street, with German waiters breathing heavily down the back of
  • one's neck and two fiddles and a piano whacking out 'Beautiful
  • Eyes' about three feet from one's tympanum, would be false economy.
  • Here, fanned by cool breezes and surrounded by fair women and brave
  • men, one may do a bit of tissue-restoring. Moreover, there is
  • little danger up here of being slugged by our moth-eaten
  • acquaintance of this morning. A man with trousers like his would
  • not be allowed in. We shall probably find him waiting for us at the
  • main entrance with a sand-bag, when we leave, but, till then--"
  • He turned with gentle grace to his soup.
  • It was a warm night, and the roof-garden was full. From where they
  • sat they could see the million twinkling lights of the city.
  • Towards the end of the meal, Psmith's gaze concentrated itself on
  • the advertisement of a certain brand of ginger-ale in Times Square.
  • It is a mass of electric light arranged in the shape of a great
  • bottle, and at regular intervals there proceed from the bottle's
  • mouth flashes of flame representing ginger-ale. The thing began to
  • exercise a hypnotic effect on Psmith. He came to himself with a
  • start, to find Billy Windsor in conversation with a waiter.
  • "Yes, my name's Windsor," Billy was saying.
  • The waiter bowed and retired to one of the tables where a young man
  • in evening clothes was seated. Psmith recollected having seen this
  • solitary diner looking in their direction once or twice during
  • dinner, but the fact had not impressed him.
  • "What is happening, Comrade Windsor?" he inquired. "I was musing
  • with a certain tenseness at the moment, and the rush of events has
  • left me behind."
  • "Man at that table wanted to know if my name was Windsor," said
  • Billy.
  • "Ah?" said Psmith, interested; "and was it?"
  • "Here he comes. I wonder what he wants. I don't know the man from
  • Adam."
  • The stranger was threading his way between the tables.
  • "Can I have a word with you, Mr. Windsor?" he said.
  • Billy looked at him curiously. Recent events had made him wary of
  • strangers.
  • "Won't you sit down?" he said.
  • A waiter was bringing a chair. The young man seated himself.
  • "By the way," added Billy; "my friend, Mr. Smith."
  • "Pleased to meet you," said the other.
  • "I don't know your name," Billy hesitated.
  • "Never mind about my name," said the stranger. "It won't be
  • needed. Is Mr. Smith on your paper? Excuse my asking."
  • Psmith bowed. "That's all right, then. I can go ahead." He bent
  • forward.
  • "Neither of you gentlemen are hard of hearing, eh?"
  • "In the old prairie days," said Psmith, "Comrade Windsor was known
  • to the Indians as Boola-Ba-Na-Gosh, which, as you doubtless know,
  • signifies Big-Chief-Who-Can-Hear-A-Fly-Clear-Its-Throat. I too can
  • hear as well as the next man. Why?"
  • "That's all right, then. I don't want to have to shout it. There's
  • some things it's better not to yell."
  • He turned to Billy, who had been looking at him all the while with
  • a combination of interest and suspicion. The man might or might not
  • be friendly. In the meantime, there was no harm in being on one's
  • guard. Billy's experience as a cub-reporter had given him the
  • knowledge that is only given in its entirety to police and
  • newspaper men: that there are two New Yorks. One is a modern,
  • well-policed city, through which one may walk from end to end
  • without encountering adventure. The other is a city as full of
  • sinister intrigue, of whisperings and conspiracies, of battle,
  • murder, and sudden death in dark by-ways, as any town of mediaeval
  • Italy. Given certain conditions, anything may happen to any one in
  • New York. And Billy realised that these conditions now prevailed in
  • his own case. He had come into conflict with New York's
  • underworld. Circumstances had placed him below the surface, where
  • only his wits could help him.
  • "It's about that tenement business," said the stranger.
  • Billy bristled. "Well, what about it?" he demanded truculently.
  • The stranger raised a long and curiously delicately shaped hand.
  • "Don't bite at me," he said. "This isn't my funeral. I've no kick
  • coming. I'm a friend."
  • "Yet you don't tell us your name."
  • "Never mind my name. If you were in my line of business, you
  • wouldn't be so durned stuck on this name thing. Call me Smith, if
  • you like."
  • "You could select no nobler pseudonym," said Psmith cordially.
  • "Eh? Oh, I see. Well, make it Brown, then. Anything you please. It
  • don't signify. See here, let's get back. About this tenement thing.
  • You understand certain parties have got it in against you?"
  • "A charming conversationalist, one Comrade Parker, hinted at
  • something of the sort," said Psmith, "in a recent interview. _Cosy
  • Moments_, however, cannot be muzzled."
  • "Well?" said Billy.
  • "You're up against a big proposition."
  • "We can look after ourselves."
  • "Gum! you'll need to. The man behind is a big bug."
  • Billy leaned forward eagerly.
  • "Who is he?"
  • The other shrugged his shoulders.
  • "I don't know. You wouldn't expect a man like that to give himself
  • away."
  • "Then how do you know he's a big bug?"
  • "Precisely," said Psmith. "On what system have you estimated the
  • size of the gentleman's bughood?"
  • The stranger lit a cigar.
  • "By the number of dollars he was ready to put up to have you done
  • in."
  • Billy's eyes snapped.
  • "Oh?" he said. "And which gang has he given the job to?"
  • "I wish I could tell you. He--his agent, that is--came to Bat
  • Jarvis."
  • "The cat-expert?" said Psmith. "A man of singularly winsome
  • personality."
  • "Bat turned the job down."
  • "Why was that?" inquired Billy.
  • "He said he needed the money as much as the next man, but when he
  • found out who he was supposed to lay for, he gave his job the
  • frozen face. Said you were a friend of his and none of his fellows
  • were going to put a finger on you. I don't know what you've been
  • doing to Bat, but he's certainly Willie the Long-Lost Brother with
  • you."
  • "A powerful argument in favour of kindness to animals!" said
  • Psmith. "Comrade Windsor came into possession of one of Comrade
  • Jarvis's celebrated stud of cats. What did he do? Instead of having
  • the animal made into a nourishing soup, he restored it to its
  • bereaved owner. Observe the sequel. He is now as a prize
  • tortoiseshell to Comrade Jarvis."
  • "So Bat wouldn't stand for it?" said Billy.
  • "Not on his life. Turned it down without a blink. And he sent me
  • along to find you and tell you so."
  • "We are much obliged to Comrade Jarvis," said Psmith.
  • "He told me to tell you to watch out, because another gang is dead
  • sure to take on the job. But he said you were to know he wasn't
  • mixed up in it. He also said that any time you were in bad, he'd
  • do his best for you. You've certainly made the biggest kind of hit
  • with Bat. I haven't seen him so worked up over a thing in years.
  • Well, that's all, I reckon. Guess I'll be pushing along. I've a
  • date to keep. Glad to have met you. Glad to have met you, Mr.
  • Smith. Pardon me, you have an insect on your coat."
  • He flicked at Psmith's coat with a quick movement. Psmith thanked
  • him gravely.
  • "Good night," concluded the stranger, moving off. For a few
  • moments after he had gone, Psmith and Billy sat smoking in silence.
  • They had plenty to think about.
  • "How's the time going?" asked Billy at length. Psmith felt for his
  • watch, and looked at Billy with some sadness.
  • "I am sorry to say, Comrade Windsor--"
  • "Hullo," said Billy, "here's that man coming back again."
  • The stranger came up to their table, wearing a light overcoat over
  • his dress clothes. From the pocket of this he produced a gold
  • watch.
  • "Force of habit," he said apologetically, handing it to Psmith.
  • "You'll pardon me. Good night, gentlemen, again."
  • CHAPTER XII
  • A RED TAXIMETER
  • The Astor Hotel faces on to Times Square. A few paces to the right
  • of the main entrance the Times Building towers to the sky; and at
  • the foot of this the stream of traffic breaks, forming two
  • channels. To the right of the building is Seventh Avenue, quiet,
  • dark, and dull. To the left is Broadway, the Great White Way, the
  • longest, straightest, brightest, wickedest street in the world.
  • Psmith and Billy, having left the Astor, started to walk down
  • Broadway to Billy's lodgings in Fourteenth Street. The usual crowd
  • was drifting slowly up and down in the glare of the white lights.
  • They had reached Herald Square, when a voice behind them exclaimed,
  • "Why, it's Mr. Windsor!"
  • They wheeled round. A flashily dressed man was standing with
  • outstetched hand.
  • "I saw you come out of the Astor," he said cheerily. "I said to
  • myself, 'I know that man.' Darned if I could put a name to you,
  • though. So I just followed you along, and right here it came to
  • me."
  • "It did, did it?" said Billy politely.
  • "It did, sir. I've never set eyes on you before, but I've seen so
  • many photographs of you that I reckon we're old friends. I know
  • your father very well, Mr. Windsor. He showed me the photographs.
  • You may have heard him speak of me--Jack Lake? How is the old man?
  • Seen him lately?"
  • "Not for some time. He was well when he last wrote."
  • "Good for him. He would be. Tough as a plank, old Joe Windsor. We
  • always called him Joe."
  • "You'd have known him down in Missouri, of course?" said Billy.
  • "That's right. In Missouri. We were side-partners for years. Now,
  • see here, Mr. Windsor, it's early yet. Won't you and your friend
  • come along with me and have a smoke and a chat? I live right here
  • in Thirty-Third Street. I'd be right glad for you to come."
  • "I don't doubt it," said Billy, "but I'm afraid you'll have to
  • excuse us."
  • "In a hurry, are you?"
  • "Not in the least."
  • "Then come right along."
  • "No, thanks."
  • "Say, why not? It's only a step."
  • "Because we don't want to. Good night."
  • He turned, and started to walk away. The other stood for a moment,
  • staring; then crossed the road.
  • Psmith broke the silence.
  • "Correct me if I am wrong, Comrade Windsor," he said tentatively,
  • "but were you not a trifle--shall we say abrupt?--with the old
  • family friend?"
  • Billy Windsor laughed.
  • "If my father's name was Joseph," he said, "instead of being
  • William, the same as mine, and if he'd ever been in Missouri in his
  • life, which he hasn't, and if I'd been photographed since I was a
  • kid, which I haven't been, I might have gone along. As it was, I
  • thought it better not to."
  • "These are deep waters, Comrade Windsor. Do you mean to intimate--?"
  • "If they can't do any better than that, we shan't have much to
  • worry us. What do they take us for, I wonder? Farmers? Playing off
  • a comic-supplement bluff like that on us!"
  • There was honest indignation in Billy's voice.
  • "You think, then, that if we had accepted Comrade Lake's
  • invitation, and gone along for a smoke and a chat, the chat would
  • not have been of the pleasantest nature?"
  • "We should have been put out of business."
  • "I have heard so much," said Psmith, thoughtfully, "of the lavish
  • hospitality of the American."
  • "Taxi, sir?"
  • A red taximeter cab was crawling down the road at their side. Billy
  • shook his head.
  • "Not that a taxi would be an unsound scheme," said Psmith.
  • "Not that particular one, if you don't mind."
  • "Something about it that offends your aesthetic taste?" queried
  • Psmith sympathetically.
  • "Something about it makes my aesthetic taste kick like a mule,"
  • said Billy.
  • "Ah, we highly strung literary men do have these curious
  • prejudices. We cannot help it. We are the slaves of our
  • temperaments. Let us walk, then. After all, the night is fine, and
  • we are young and strong."
  • They had reached Twenty-Third Street when Billy stopped. "I don't
  • know about walking," he said. "Suppose we take the Elevated?"
  • "Anything you wish, Comrade Windsor. I am in your hands."
  • They cut across into Sixth Avenue, and walked up the stairs to the
  • station of the Elevated Railway. A train was just coming in.
  • "Has it escaped your notice, Comrade Windsor," said Psmith after a
  • pause, "that, so far from speeding to your lodgings, we are going
  • in precisely the opposite direction? We are in an up-town train."
  • "I noticed it," said Billy briefly.
  • "Are we going anywhere in particular?"
  • "This train goes as far as Hundred and Tenth Street. We'll go up to
  • there."
  • "And then?"
  • "And then we'll come back."
  • "And after that, I suppose, we'll make a trip to Philadelphia, or
  • Chicago, or somewhere? Well, well, I am in your hands, Comrade
  • Windsor. The night is yet young. Take me where you will. It is
  • only five cents a go, and we have money in our purses. We are two
  • young men out for reckless dissipation. By all means let us have
  • it."
  • At Hundred and Tenth Street they left the train, went down the
  • stairs, and crossed the street. Half-way across Billy stopped.
  • "What now, Comrade Windsor?" inquired Psmith patiently. "Have you
  • thought of some new form of entertainment?"
  • Billy was making for a spot some few yards down the road. Looking
  • in that direction, Psmith saw his objective. In the shadow of the
  • Elevated there was standing a taximeter cab.
  • "Taxi, sir?" said the driver, as they approached.
  • "We are giving you a great deal of trouble," said Billy. "You must
  • be losing money over this job. All this while you might be getting
  • fares down-town."
  • "These meetings, however," urged Psmith, "are very pleasant."
  • "I can save you worrying," said Billy. "My address is 84 East
  • Fourteenth Street. We are going back there now."
  • "Search me," said the driver, "I don't know what you're talking
  • about."
  • "I thought perhaps you did," replied Billy. "Good night."
  • "These things are very disturbing," said Psmith, when they were in
  • the train. "Dignity is impossible when one is compelled to be the
  • Hunted Fawn. When did you begin to suspect that yonder merchant was
  • doing the sleuth-hound act?"
  • "When I saw him in Broadway having a heart-to-heart talk with our
  • friend from Missouri."
  • "He must be something of an expert at the game to have kept on our
  • track."
  • "Not on your life. It's as easy as falling off a log. There are
  • only certain places where you can get off an Elevated train. All
  • he'd got to do was to get there before the train, and wait. I
  • didn't expect to dodge him by taking the Elevated. I just wanted to
  • make certain of his game."
  • The train pulled up at the Fourteenth Street station. In the
  • roadway at the foot of the opposite staircase was a red taximeter
  • cab.
  • CHAPTER XIII
  • REVIEWING THE SITUATION
  • Arriving at the bed-sitting-room, Billy proceeded to occupy the
  • rocking-chair, and, as was his wont, began to rock himself
  • rhythmically to and fro. Psmith seated himself gracefully on the
  • couch-bed. There was a silence.
  • The events of the evening had been a revelation to Psmith. He had
  • not realised before the extent of the ramifications of New York's
  • underworld. That members of the gangs should crop up in the Astor
  • roof-garden and in gorgeous raiment in the middle of Broadway was a
  • surprise. When Billy Windsor had mentioned the gangs, he had formed
  • a mental picture of low-browed hooligans, keeping carefully to
  • their own quarter of the town. This picture had been correct, as
  • far as it went, but it had not gone far enough. The bulk of the
  • gangs of New York are of the hooligan class, and are rarely met
  • with outside their natural boundaries. But each gang has its more
  • prosperous members; gentlemen, who, like the man of the Astor
  • roof-garden, support life by more delicate and genteel methods than
  • the rest. The main body rely for their incomes, except at
  • election-time, on such primitive feats as robbing intoxicated
  • pedestrians. The aristocracy of the gangs soar higher.
  • It was a considerable time before Billy spoke.
  • "Say," he said, "this thing wants talking over."
  • "By all means, Comrade Windsor."
  • "It's this way. There's no doubt now that we're up against a mighty
  • big proposition."
  • "Something of the sort would seem to be the case."
  • "It's like this. I'm going to see this through. It isn't only that
  • I want to do a bit of good to the poor cusses in those tenements,
  • though I'd do it for that alone. But, as far as I'm concerned,
  • there's something to it besides that. If we win out, I'm going to
  • get a job out of one of the big dailies. It'll give me just the
  • chance I need. See what I mean? Well, it's different with you. I
  • don't see that it's up to you to run the risk of getting yourself
  • put out of business with a black-jack, and maybe shot. Once you get
  • mixed up with the gangs there's no saying what's going to be doing.
  • Well, I don't see why you shouldn't quit. All this has got nothing
  • to do with you. You're over here on a vacation. You haven't got to
  • make a living this side. You want to go about and have a good time,
  • instead of getting mixed up with--"
  • He broke off.
  • "Well, that's what I wanted to say, anyway," he concluded.
  • Psmith looked at him reproachfully.
  • "Are you trying to _sack_ me, Comrade Windsor?"
  • "How's that?"
  • "In various treatises on 'How to Succeed in Literature,'" said
  • Psmith sadly, "which I have read from time to time, I have always
  • found it stated that what the novice chiefly needed was an editor
  • who believed in him. In you, Comrade Windsor, I fancied that I had
  • found such an editor."
  • "What's all this about?" demanded Billy. "I'm making no kick about
  • your work."
  • "I gathered from your remarks that you were anxious to receive my
  • resignation."
  • "Well, I told you why. I didn't want you be black-jacked."
  • "Was that the only reason?"
  • "Sure."
  • "Then all is well," said Psmith, relieved. "For the moment I
  • fancied that my literary talents had been weighed in the balance
  • and adjudged below par. If that is all--why, these are the mere
  • everyday risks of the young journalist's life. Without them we
  • should be dull and dissatisfied. Our work would lose its fire. Men
  • such as ourselves, Comrade Windsor, need a certain stimulus, a
  • certain fillip, if they are to keep up their high standards. The
  • knowledge that a low-browed gentleman is waiting round the corner
  • with a sand-bag poised in air will just supply that stimulus. Also
  • that fillip. It will give our output precisely the edge it
  • requires."
  • "Then you'll stay in this thing? You'll stick to the work?"
  • "Like a conscientious leech, Comrade Windsor."
  • "Bully for you," said Billy.
  • It was not Psmith's habit, when he felt deeply on any subject, to
  • exhibit his feelings; and this matter of the tenements had hit him
  • harder than any one who did not know him intimately would have
  • imagined. Mike would have understood him, but Billy Windsor was too
  • recent an acquaintance. Psmith was one of those people who are
  • content to accept most of the happenings of life in an airy spirit
  • of tolerance. Life had been more or less of a game with him up till
  • now. In his previous encounters with those with whom fate had
  • brought him in contact there had been little at stake. The prize of
  • victory had been merely a comfortable feeling of having had the
  • best of a battle of wits; the penalty of defeat nothing worse than
  • the discomfort of having failed to score. But this tenement
  • business was different. Here he had touched the realities. There
  • was something worth fighting for. His lot had been cast in pleasant
  • places, and the sight of actual raw misery had come home to him
  • with an added force from that circumstance. He was fully aware of
  • the risks that he must run. The words of the man at the Astor, and
  • still more the episodes of the family friend from Missouri and the
  • taximeter cab, had shown him that this thing was on a different
  • plane from anything that had happened to him before. It was a fight
  • without the gloves, and to a finish at that. But he meant to see it
  • through. Somehow or other those tenement houses had got to be
  • cleaned up. If it meant trouble, as it undoubtedly did, that trouble
  • would have to be faced.
  • "Now that Comrade Jarvis," he said, "showing a spirit of
  • forbearance which, I am bound to say, does him credit, has declined
  • the congenial task of fracturing our occiputs, who should you say,
  • Comrade Windsor, would be the chosen substitute?"
  • Billy shook his head. "Now that Bat has turned up the job, it might
  • be any one of three gangs. There are four main gangs, you know.
  • Bat's is the biggest. But the smallest of them's large enough to
  • put us away, if we give them the chance."
  • "I don't quite grasp the nice points of this matter. Do you mean
  • that we have an entire gang on our trail in one solid mass, or will
  • it be merely a section?"
  • "Well, a section, I guess, if it comes to that. Parker, or whoever
  • fixed this thing up, would go to the main boss of the gang. If it
  • was the Three Points, he'd go to Spider Reilly. If it was the Table
  • Hill lot, he'd look up Dude Dawson. And so on."
  • "And what then?"
  • "And then the boss would talk it over with his own special
  • partners. Every gang-leader has about a dozen of them. A sort of
  • Inner Circle. They'd fix it up among themselves. The rest of the
  • gang wouldn't know anything about it. The fewer in the game, you
  • see, the fewer to split up the dollars."
  • "I see. Then things are not so black. All we have to do is to look
  • out for about a dozen hooligans with a natural dignity in their
  • bearing, the result of intimacy with the main boss. Carefully
  • eluding these aristocrats, we shall win through. I fancy, Comrade
  • Windsor, that all may yet be well. What steps do you propose to
  • take by way of self-defence?"
  • "Keep out in the middle of the street, and not go off the Broadway
  • after dark. You're pretty safe on Broadway. There's too much light
  • for them there."
  • "Now that our sleuth-hound friend in the taximeter has ascertained
  • your address, shall you change it?"
  • "It wouldn't do any good. They'd soon find where I'd gone to. How
  • about yours?"
  • "I fancy I shall be tolerably all right. A particularly massive
  • policeman is on duty at my very doors. So much for our private
  • lives. But what of the day-time? Suppose these sandbag-specialists
  • drop in at the office during business hours. Will Comrade Maloney's
  • frank and manly statement that we are not in be sufficient to keep
  • them out? I doubt it. All unused to the nice conventions of polite
  • society, these rugged persons will charge through. In such
  • circumstances good work will be hard to achieve. Your literary man
  • must have complete quiet if he is to give the public of his best.
  • But stay. An idea!"
  • "Well?"
  • "Comrade Brady. The Peerless Kid. The man _Cosy Moments_ is running
  • for the light-weight championship. We are his pugilistic sponsors.
  • You may say that it is entirely owing to our efforts that he has
  • obtained this match with--who exactly is the gentleman Comrade
  • Brady fights at the Highfield Club on Friday night?"
  • "Cyclone Al. Wolmann, isn't it?"
  • "You are right. As I was saying, but for us the privilege of
  • smiting Comrade Cyclone Al. Wolmann under the fifth rib on Friday
  • night would almost certainly have been denied to him."
  • It almost seemed as if he were right. From the moment the paper had
  • taken up his cause, Kid Brady's star had undoubtedly been in the
  • ascendant. People began to talk about him as a likely man. Edgren,
  • in the _Evening World_, had a paragraph about his chances for the
  • light-weight title. Tad, in the _Journal_, drew a picture of him.
  • Finally, the management of the Highfield Club had signed him for a
  • ten-round bout with Mr. Wolmann. There were, therefore, reasons
  • why _Cosy Moments_ should feel a claim on the Kid's services.
  • "He should," continued Psmith, "if equipped in any degree with
  • finer feelings, be bubbling over with gratitude towards us. 'But
  • for _Cosy Moments_,' he should be saying to himself, 'where should I
  • be? Among the also-rans.' I imagine that he will do any little
  • thing we care to ask of him. I suggest that we approach Comrade
  • Brady, explain the facts of the case, and offer him at a
  • comfortable salary the post of fighting-editor of _Cosy Moments_. His
  • duties will be to sit in the room opening out of ours, girded as to
  • the loins and full of martial spirit, and apply some of those
  • half-scissor hooks of his to the persons of any who overcome the
  • opposition of Comrade Maloney. We, meanwhile, will enjoy that
  • leisure and freedom from interruption which is so essential to the
  • artist."
  • "It's not a bad idea," said Billy.
  • "It is about the soundest idea," said Psmith, "that has ever been
  • struck. One of your newspaper friends shall supply us with tickets,
  • and Friday night shall see us at the Highfield."
  • CHAPTER XIV
  • THE HIGHFIELD
  • Far up at the other end of the island, on the banks of the Harlem
  • River, there stands the old warehouse which modern progress has
  • converted into the Highfield Athletic and Gymnastic Club. The
  • imagination, stimulated by the title, conjures up a sort of
  • National Sporting Club, with pictures on the walls, padding on the
  • chairs, and a sea of white shirt-fronts from roof to floor. But the
  • Highfield differs in some respects from this fancy picture.
  • Indeed, it would be hard to find a respect in which it does not
  • differ. But these names are so misleading. The title under which
  • the Highfield used to be known till a few years back was "Swifty
  • Bob's." It was a good, honest title. You knew what to expect; and
  • if you attended _séances_ at Swifty Bob's you left your gold watch
  • and your little savings at home. But a wave of anti-pugilistic
  • feeling swept over the New York authorities. Promoters of boxing
  • contests found themselves, to their acute disgust, raided by the
  • police. The industry began to languish. People avoided places where
  • at any moment the festivities might be marred by an inrush of large
  • men in blue uniforms armed with locust-sticks.
  • And then some big-brained person suggested the club idea, which
  • stands alone as an example of American dry humour. There are now no
  • boxing contests in New York. Swifty Bob and his fellows would be
  • shocked at the idea of such a thing. All that happens now is
  • exhibition sparring bouts between members of the club. It is true
  • that next day the papers very tactlessly report the friendly
  • exhibition spar as if it had been quite a serious affair, but that
  • is not the fault of Swifty Bob.
  • Kid Brady, the chosen of _Cosy Moments_, was billed for a "ten-round
  • exhibition contest," to be the main event of the evening's
  • entertainment. No decisions are permitted at these clubs. Unless a
  • regrettable accident occurs, and one of the sparrers is knocked
  • out, the verdict is left to the newspapers next day. It is not
  • uncommon to find a man win easily in the _World_, draw in the
  • _American_, and be badly beaten in the _Evening Mail_. The system
  • leads to a certain amount of confusion, but it has the merit of
  • offering consolation to a much-smitten warrior.
  • The best method of getting to the Highfield is by the Subway. To
  • see the Subway in its most characteristic mood one must travel on
  • it during the rush-hour, when its patrons are packed into the
  • carriages in one solid jam by muscular guards and policemen,
  • shoving in a manner reminiscent of a Rugby football scrum. When
  • Psmith and Billy entered it on the Friday evening, it was
  • comparatively empty. All the seats were occupied, but only a few of
  • the straps and hardly any of the space reserved by law for the
  • conductor alone.
  • Conversation on the Subway is impossible. The ingenious gentlemen
  • who constructed it started with the object of making it noisy. Not
  • ordinarily noisy, like a ton of coal falling on to a sheet of tin,
  • but really noisy. So they fashioned the pillars of thin steel, and
  • the sleepers of thin wood, and loosened all the nuts, and now a
  • Subway train in motion suggests a prolonged dynamite explosion
  • blended with the voice of some great cataract.
  • Psmith, forced into temporary silence by this combination of
  • noises, started to make up for lost time on arriving in the street
  • once more.
  • "A thoroughly unpleasant neighbourhood," he said, critically
  • surveying the dark streets. "I fear me, Comrade Windsor, that we
  • have been somewhat rash in venturing as far into the middle west as
  • this. If ever there was a blighted locality where low-browed
  • desperadoes might be expected to spring with whoops of joy from
  • every corner, this blighted locality is that blighted locality.
  • But we must carry on. In which direction, should you say, does this
  • arena lie?"
  • It had begun to rain as they left Billy's lodgings. Psmith turned
  • up the collar of his Burberry.
  • "We suffer much in the cause of Literature," he said. "Let us
  • inquire of this genial soul if he knows where the Highfield is."
  • The pedestrian referred to proved to be going there himself. They
  • went on together, Psmith courteously offering views on the weather
  • and forecasts of the success of Kid Brady in the approaching
  • contest.
  • Rattling on, he was alluding to the prominent part _Cosy Moments_ had
  • played in the affair, when a rough thrust from Windsor's elbow
  • brought home to him his indiscretion.
  • He stopped suddenly, wishing he had not said as much. Their
  • connection with that militant journal was not a thing even to be
  • suggested to casual acquaintances, especially in such a
  • particularly ill-lighted neighbourhood as that through which they
  • were now passing.
  • Their companion, however, who seemed to be a man of small speech,
  • made no comment. Psmith deftly turned the conversation back to the
  • subject of the weather, and was deep in a comparison of the
  • respective climates of England and the United States, when they
  • turned a corner and found themselves opposite a gloomy, barn-like
  • building, over the door of which it was just possible to decipher
  • in the darkness the words "Highfield Athletic and Gymnastic Club."
  • The tickets which Billy Windsor had obtained from his newspaper
  • friend were for one of the boxes. These proved to be sort of
  • sheep-pens of unpolished wood, each with four hard chairs in it.
  • The interior of the Highfield Athletic and Gymnastic Club was
  • severely free from anything in the shape of luxury and ornament.
  • Along the four walls were raised benches in tiers. On these were
  • seated as tough-looking a collection of citizens as one might wish
  • to see. On chairs at the ring-side were the reporters, with tickers
  • at their sides, by means of which they tapped details of each round
  • through to their down-town offices, where write-up reporters were
  • waiting to read off and elaborate the messages. In the centre of
  • the room, brilliantly lighted by half a dozen electric chandeliers,
  • was the ring.
  • There were preliminary bouts before the main event. A burly
  • gentleman in shirt-sleeves entered the ring, followed by two slim
  • youths in fighting costume and a massive person in a red jersey,
  • blue serge trousers, and yellow braces, who chewed gum with an
  • abstracted air throughout the proceedings.
  • The burly gentleman gave tongue in a voice that cleft the air like
  • a cannon-ball.
  • "Ex-hib-it-i-on four-round bout between Patsy Milligan and Tommy
  • Goodley, members of this club. Patsy on my right, Tommy on my left.
  • Gentlemen will kindly stop smokin'."
  • The audience did nothing of the sort. Possibly they did not apply
  • the description to themselves. Possibly they considered the appeal
  • a mere formula. Somewhere in the background a gong sounded, and
  • Patsy, from the right, stepped briskly forward to meet Tommy,
  • approaching from the left.
  • The contest was short but energetic. At intervals the combatants
  • would cling affectionately to one another, and on these occasions
  • the red-jerseyed man, still chewing gum and still wearing the same
  • air of being lost in abstract thought, would split up the mass by
  • the simple method of ploughing his way between the pair. Towards
  • the end of the first round Thomas, eluding a left swing, put
  • Patrick neatly to the floor, where the latter remained for the
  • necessary ten seconds.
  • The remaining preliminaries proved disappointing. So much so that
  • in the last of the series a soured sportsman on one of the benches
  • near the roof began in satirical mood to whistle the "Merry Widow
  • Waltz." It was here that the red-jerseyed thinker for the first and
  • last time came out of his meditative trance. He leaned over the
  • ropes, and spoke--without heat, but firmly.
  • "If that guy whistling back up yonder thinks he can do better than
  • these boys, he can come right down into the ring."
  • The whistling ceased.
  • There was a distinct air of relief when the last preliminary was
  • finished and preparations for the main bout began. It did not
  • commence at once. There were formalities to be gone through,
  • introductions and the like. The burly gentleman reappeared from
  • nowhere, ushering into the ring a sheepishly-grinning youth in a
  • flannel suit.
  • "In-ter-_doo_-cin' Young Leary," he bellowed impressively, "a noo
  • member of this chub, who will box some good boy here in September."
  • He walked to the other side of the ring and repeated the remark. A
  • raucous welcome was accorded to the new member.
  • Two other notable performers were introduced in a similar manner,
  • and then the building became suddenly full of noise, for a tall
  • youth in a bath-robe, attended by a little army of assistants, had
  • entered the ring. One of the army carried a bright green bucket, on
  • which were painted in white letters the words "Cyclone Al.
  • Wolmann." A moment later there was another, though a far lesser,
  • uproar, as Kid Brady, his pleasant face wearing a self-conscious
  • smirk, ducked under the ropes and sat down in the opposite corner.
  • "Ex-hib-it-i-on ten-round bout," thundered the burly gentleman,
  • "between Cyclone. Al. Wolmann--"
  • Loud applause. Mr. Wolmann was one of the famous, a fighter with a
  • reputation from New York to San Francisco. He was generally
  • considered the most likely man to give the hitherto invincible
  • Jimmy Garvin a hard battle for the light-weight championship.
  • "Oh, you Al.!" roared the crowd.
  • Mr. Wolmann bowed benevolently.
  • "--and Kid Brady, members of this--"
  • There was noticeably less applause for the Kid. He was an unknown.
  • A few of those present had heard of his victories in the West, but
  • these were but a small section of the crowd. When the faint
  • applause had ceased, Psmith rose to his feet.
  • "Oh, you Kid!" he observed encouragingly.
  • "I should not like Comrade Brady," he said, reseating himself, "to
  • think that he has no friend but his poor old mother, as, you will
  • recollect, occurred on a previous occasion."
  • The burly gentleman, followed by the two armies of assistants,
  • dropped down from the ring, and the gong sounded.
  • Mr. Wolmann sprang from his corner as if somebody had touched a
  • spring. He seemed to be of the opinion that if you are a cyclone, it
  • is never too soon to begin behaving like one. He danced round the
  • Kid with an india-rubber agility. The _Cosy Moments_ representative
  • exhibited more stolidity. Except for the fact that he was in
  • fighting attitude, with one gloved hand moving slowly in the
  • neighbourhood of his stocky chest, and the other pawing the air on a
  • line with his square jaw, one would have said that he did not
  • realise the position of affairs. He wore the friendly smile of the
  • good-natured guest who is led forward by his hostess to join in some
  • round game.
  • Suddenly his opponent's long left shot out. The Kid, who had been
  • strolling forward, received it under the chin, and continued to
  • stroll forward as if nothing of note had happened. He gave the
  • impression of being aware that Mr. Wolmann had committed a breach
  • of good taste and of being resolved to pass it off with ready tact.
  • The Cyclone, having executed a backward leap, a forward leap, and a
  • feint, landed heavily with both hands. The Kid's genial smile did
  • not even quiver, but he continued to move forward. His opponent's
  • left flashed out again, but this time, instead of ignoring the
  • matter, the Kid replied with a heavy right swing; and Mr. Wolmann,
  • leaping back, found himself against the ropes. By the time he had
  • got out of that uncongenial position, two more of the Kid's swings
  • had found their mark. Mr. Wolmann, somewhat perturbed, scuttered
  • out into the middle of the ring, the Kid following in his
  • self-contained, solid way.
  • The Cyclone now became still more cyclonic. He had a left arm
  • which seemed to open out in joints like a telescope. Several times
  • when the Kid appeared well out of distance there was a thud as a
  • brown glove ripped in over his guard and jerked his head back. But
  • always he kept boring in, delivering an occasional right to the
  • body with the pleased smile of an infant destroying a Noah's Ark
  • with a tack-hammer. Despite these efforts, however, he was plainly
  • getting all the worst of it. Energetic Mr. Wolmann, relying on his
  • long left, was putting in three blows to his one. When the gong
  • sounded, ending the first round, the house was practically solid
  • for the Cyclone. Whoops and yells rose from everywhere. The
  • building rang with shouts of, "Oh, you Al.!"
  • Psmith turned sadly to Billy.
  • "It seems to me, Comrade Windsor," he said, "that this merry
  • meeting looks like doing Comrade Brady no good. I should not be
  • surprised at any moment to see his head bounce off on to the
  • floor."
  • "Wait," said Billy. "He'll win yet."
  • "You think so?"
  • "Sure. He comes from Wyoming," said Billy with simple confidence.
  • Rounds two and three were a repetition of round one. The Cyclone
  • raged almost unchecked about the ring. In one lightning rally in
  • the third he brought his right across squarely on to the Kid's jaw.
  • It was a blow which should have knocked any boxer out. The Kid
  • merely staggered slightly and returned to business, still smiling.
  • "See!" roared Billy enthusiastically in Psmith's ear, above the
  • uproar. "He doesn't mind it! He likes it! He comes from Wyoming!"
  • With the opening of round four there came a subtle change. The
  • Cyclone's fury was expending itself. That long left shot out less
  • sharply. Instead of being knocked back by it, the _Cosy Moments_
  • champion now took the hits in his stride, and came shuffling in
  • with his damaging body-blows. There were cheers and "Oh, you
  • Al.'s!" at the sound of the gong, but there was an appealing note
  • in them this time. The gallant sportsmen whose connection with
  • boxing was confined to watching other men fight, and betting on
  • what they considered a certainty, and who would have expired
  • promptly if any one had tapped them sharply on their well-filled
  • waistcoats, were beginning to fear that they might lose their money
  • after all.
  • In the fifth round the thing became a certainty. Like the month of
  • March, the Cyclone, who had come in like a lion, was going out like
  • a lamb. A slight decrease in the pleasantness of the Kid's smile
  • was noticeable. His expression began to resemble more nearly the
  • gloomy importance of the _Cosy Moments_ photographs. Yells of agony
  • from panic-stricken speculators around the ring began to smite the
  • rafters. The Cyclone, now but a gentle breeze, clutched repeatedly,
  • hanging on like a leech till removed by the red-jerseyed referee.
  • Suddenly a grisly silence fell upon the house. It was broken by a
  • cow-boy yell from Billy Windsor. For the Kid, battered, but
  • obviously content, was standing in the middle of the ring, while on
  • the ropes the Cyclone, drooping like a wet sock, was sliding slowly
  • to the floor.
  • "_Cosy Moments_ wins," said Psmith. "An omen, I fancy, Comrade
  • Windsor."
  • CHAPTER XV
  • AN ADDITION TO THE STAFF
  • Penetrating into the Kid's dressing-room some moments later, the
  • editorial staff found the winner of the ten-round exhibition bout
  • between members of the club seated on a chair, having his right leg
  • rubbed by a shock-headed man in a sweater, who had been one of his
  • seconds during the conflict. The Kid beamed as they entered.
  • "Gents," he said, "come right in. Mighty glad to see you."
  • "It is a relief to me, Comrade Brady," said Psmith, "to find that
  • you can see us. I had expected to find that Comrade Wolmann's
  • purposeful buffs had completely closed your star-likes."
  • "Sure, I never felt them. He's a good quick boy, is Al., but,"
  • continued the Kid with powerful imagery, "he couldn't hit a hole in
  • a block of ice-cream, not if he was to use a hammer."
  • "And yet at one period in the proceedings, Comrade Brady," said
  • Psmith, "I fancied that your head would come unglued at the neck.
  • But the fear was merely transient. When you began to administer
  • those--am I correct in saying?--half-scissor hooks to the body,
  • why, then I felt like some watcher of the skies when a new planet
  • swims into his ken; or like stout Cortez when with eagle eyes he
  • stared at the Pacific."
  • The Kid blinked.
  • "How's that?" he inquired.
  • "And why did I feel like that, Comrade Brady? I will tell you.
  • Because my faith in you was justified. Because there before me
  • stood the ideal fighting-editor of _Cosy Moments_. It is not a post
  • that any weakling can fill. There charm of manner cannot qualify a
  • man for the position. No one can hold down the job simply by having
  • a kind heart or being good at farmyard imitations. No. We want a
  • man of thews and sinews, a man who would rather be hit on the head
  • with a half-brick than not. And you, Comrade Brady, are such a
  • man."
  • The Kid turned appealingly to Billy.
  • "Say, this gets past me, Mr. Windsor. Put me wise."
  • "Can we have a couple of words with you alone, Kid?" said Billy.
  • "We want to talk over something with you."
  • "Sure. Sit down, gents. Jack'll be through in a minute."
  • Jack, who during this conversation had been concentrating himself
  • on his subject's left leg, now announced that he guessed that would
  • about do, and having advised the Kid not to stop and pick daisies,
  • but to get into his clothes at once before he caught a chill, bade
  • the company good night and retired.
  • Billy shut the door.
  • "Kid," he said, "you know those articles about the tenements we've
  • been having in the paper?"
  • "Sure. I read 'em. They're to the good."
  • Psmith bowed.
  • "You stimulate us, Comrade Brady. This is praise from Sir Hubert
  • Stanley."
  • "It was about time some strong josher came and put it across to
  • 'em," added the Kid.
  • "So we thought. Comrade Parker, however, totally disagreed with
  • us."
  • "Parker?"
  • "That's what I'm coming to," said Billy. "The day before yesterday
  • a man named Parker called at the office and tried to buy us off."
  • Billy's voice grew indignant at the recollection.
  • "You gave him the hook, I guess?" queried the interested Kid.
  • "To such an extent, Comrade Brady," said Psmith, "that he left
  • breathing threatenings and slaughter. And it is for that reason
  • that we have ventured to call upon you."
  • "It's this way," said Billy. "We're pretty sure by this time that
  • whoever the man is this fellow Parker's working for has put one of
  • the gangs on to us."
  • "You don't say!" exclaimed the Kid. "Gum! Mr. Windsor, they're
  • tough propositions, those gangs."
  • "We've been followed in the streets, and once they put up a bluff
  • to get us where they could do us in. So we've come along to you. We
  • can look after ourselves out of the office, you see, but what we
  • want is some one to help in case they try to rush us there."
  • "In brief, a fighting-editor," said Psmith. "At all costs we must
  • have privacy. No writer can prune and polish his sentences to his
  • satisfaction if he is compelled constantly to break off in order to
  • eject boisterous hooligans. We therefore offer you the job of
  • sitting in the outer room and intercepting these bravoes before
  • they can reach us. The salary we leave to you. There are doubloons
  • and to spare in the old oak chest. Take what you need and put the
  • rest--if any--back. How does the offer strike you, Comrade Brady?"
  • "We don't want to get you in under false pretences, Kid," said
  • Billy. "Of course, they may not come anywhere near the office. But
  • still, if they did, there would be something doing. What do you
  • feel about it?"
  • "Gents," said the Kid, "it's this way."
  • He stepped into his coat, and resumed.
  • "Now that I've made good by getting the decision over Al., they'll
  • be giving me a chance of a big fight. Maybe with Jimmy Garvin.
  • Well, if that happens, see what I mean? I'll have to be going away
  • somewhere and getting into training. I shouldn't be able to come
  • and sit with you. But, if you gents feel like it, I'd be mighty
  • glad to come in till I'm wanted to go into training-camp."
  • "Great," said Billy; "that would suit us all the way up. If you'd
  • do that, Kid, we'd be tickled to death."
  • "And touching salary--" put in Psmith.
  • "Shucks!" said the Kid with emphasis. "Nix on the salary thing. I
  • wouldn't take a dime. If it hadn't a-been for you gents, I'd have
  • been waiting still for a chance of lining up in the championship
  • class. That's good enough for me. Any old thing you gents want me
  • to do, I'll do it. And glad, too."
  • "Comrade Brady," said Psmith warmly, "you are, if I may say so, the
  • goods. You are, beyond a doubt, supremely the stuff. We three,
  • then, hand-in-hand, will face the foe; and if the foe has good,
  • sound sense, he will keep right away. You appear to be ready. Shall
  • we meander forth?"
  • The building was empty and the lights were out when they emerged
  • from the dressing-room. They had to grope their way in darkness. It
  • was still raining when they reached the street, and the only signs
  • of life were a moist policeman and the distant glare of
  • public-house lights down the road.
  • They turned off to the left, and, after walking some hundred yards,
  • found themselves in a blind alley.
  • "Hullo!" said Billy. "Where have we come to?"
  • Psmith sighed.
  • "In my trusting way," he said, "I had imagined that either you or
  • Comrade Brady was in charge of this expedition and taking me by a
  • known route to the nearest Subway station. I did not think to ask.
  • I placed myself, without hesitation, wholly in your hands."
  • "I thought the Kid knew the way," said Billy.
  • "I was just taggin' along with you gents," protested the
  • light-weight, "I thought you was taking me right. This is the first
  • time I been up here."
  • "Next time we three go on a little jaunt anywhere," said Psmith
  • resignedly, "it would be as well to take a map and a corps of
  • guides with us. Otherwise we shall start for Broadway and finish
  • up at Minneapolis."
  • They emerged from the blind alley and stood in the dark street,
  • looking doubtfully up and down it.
  • "Aha!" said Psmith suddenly, "I perceive a native. Several natives,
  • in fact. Quite a little covey of them. We will put our case before
  • them, concealing nothing, and rely on their advice to take us to
  • our goal."
  • A little knot of men was approaching from the left. In the darkness
  • it was impossible to say how many of them there were. Psmith
  • stepped forward, the Kid at his side.
  • "Excuse me, sir," he said to the leader, "but if you can spare me a
  • moment of your valuable time--"
  • There was a sudden shuffle of feet on the pavement, a quick
  • movement on the part of the Kid, a chunky sound as of wood striking
  • wood, and the man Psmith had been addressing fell to the ground in
  • a heap.
  • As he fell, something dropped from his hand on to the pavement with
  • a bump and a rattle. Stooping swiftly, the Kid picked it up, and
  • handed it to Psmith. His fingers closed upon it. It was a short,
  • wicked-looking little bludgeon, the black-jack of the New York
  • tough.
  • "Get busy," advised the Kid briefly.
  • CHAPTER XVI
  • THE FIRST BATTLE
  • The promptitude and despatch with which the Kid had attended to the
  • gentleman with the black-jack had not been without its effect on
  • the followers of the stricken one. Physical courage is not an
  • outstanding quality of the New York hooligan. His personal
  • preference is for retreat when it is a question of unpleasantness
  • with a stranger. And, in any case, even when warring among
  • themselves, the gangs exhibit a lively distaste for the hard knocks
  • of hand-to-hand fighting. Their chosen method of battling is to lie
  • down on the ground and shoot. This is more suited to their
  • physique, which is rarely great. The gangsman, as a rule, is
  • stunted and slight of build.
  • The Kid's rapid work on the present occasion created a good deal of
  • confusion. There was no doubt that much had been hoped for from
  • speedy attack. Also, the generalship of the expedition had been in
  • the hands of the fallen warrior. His removal from the sphere of
  • active influence had left the party without a head. And, to add to
  • their discomfiture, they could not account for the Kid. Psmith they
  • knew, and Billy Windsor they knew, but who was this stranger with
  • the square shoulders and the upper-cut that landed like a
  • cannon-ball? Something approaching a panic prevailed among the
  • gang.
  • It was not lessened by the behaviour of the intended victims. Billy
  • Windsor, armed with the big stick which he had bought after the
  • visit of Mr. Parker, was the first to join issue. He had been a few
  • paces behind the others during the black-jack incident; but, dark
  • as it was, he had seen enough to show him that the occasion was, as
  • Psmith would have said, one for the Shrewd Blow rather than the
  • Prolonged Parley. With a whoop of the purest Wyoming brand, he
  • sprang forward into the confused mass of the enemy. A moment later
  • Psmith and the Kid followed, and there raged over the body of the
  • fallen leader a battle of Homeric type.
  • It was not a long affair. The rules and conditions governing the
  • encounter offended the delicate sensibilities of the gang. Like
  • artists who feel themselves trammelled by distasteful conventions,
  • they were damped and could not do themselves justice. Their forte
  • was long-range fighting with pistols. With that they felt _en
  • rapport_. But this vulgar brawling in the darkness with muscular
  • opponents who hit hard and often with sticks and hands was
  • distasteful to them. They could not develop any enthusiasm for it.
  • They carried pistols, but it was too dark and the combatants were
  • too entangled to allow them to use these. Besides, this was not the
  • dear, homely old Bowery, where a gentleman may fire a pistol
  • without exciting vulgar comment. It was up-town, where curious
  • crowds might collect at the first shot.
  • There was but one thing to be done. Reluctant as they might be to
  • abandon their fallen leader, they must tear themselves away.
  • Already they were suffering grievously from the stick, the
  • black-jack, and the lightning blows of the Kid. For a moment they
  • hung, wavering; then stampeded in half a dozen different
  • directions, melting into the night whence they had come.
  • Billy, full of zeal, pursued one fugitive some fifty yards down the
  • street, but his quarry, exhibiting a rare turn of speed, easily
  • outstripped him.
  • He came back, panting, to find Psmith and the Kid examining the
  • fallen leader of the departed ones with the aid of a match, which
  • went out just as Billy arrived.
  • "It is our friend of the earlier part of the evening, Comrade
  • Windsor," said Psmith. "The merchant with whom we hob-nobbed on our
  • way to the Highfield. In a moment of imprudence I mentioned _Cosy
  • Moments_. I fancy that this was his first intimation that we were in
  • the offing. His visit to the Highfield was paid, I think, purely
  • from sport-loving motives. He was not on our trail. He came merely
  • to see if Comrade Brady was proficient with his hands. Subsequent
  • events must have justified our fighting editor in his eyes. It seems
  • to be a moot point whether he will ever recover consciousness."
  • "Mighty good thing if he doesn't," said Billy uncharitably.
  • "From one point of view, Comrade Windsor, yes. Such an event would
  • undoubtedly be an excellent thing for the public good. But from our
  • point of view, it would be as well if he were to sit up and take
  • notice. We could ascertain from him who he is and which particular
  • collection of horny-handeds he represents. Light another match,
  • Comrade Brady."
  • The Kid did so. The head of it fell off and dropped upon the
  • up-turned face. The hooligan stirred, shook himself, sat up, and
  • began to mutter something in a foggy voice.
  • "He's still woozy," said the Kid.
  • "Still--what exactly, Comrade Brady?"
  • "In the air," explained the Kid. "Bats in the belfry. Dizzy. See
  • what I mean? It's often like that when a feller puts one in with a
  • bit of weight behind it just where that one landed. Gum! I
  • remember when I fought Martin Kelly; I was only starting to learn
  • the game then. Martin and me was mixing it good and hard all over
  • the ring, when suddenly he puts over a stiff one right on the
  • point. What do you think I done? Fall down and take the count? Not
  • on your life. I just turns round and walks straight out of the
  • ring to my dressing-room. Willie Harvey, who was seconding me,
  • comes tearing in after me, and finds me getting into my clothes.
  • 'What's doing, Kid?' he asks. 'I'm going fishin', Willie,' I says.
  • 'It's a lovely day.' 'You've lost the fight,' he says. 'Fight?'
  • says I. 'What fight?' See what I mean? I hadn't a notion of what
  • had happened. It was a half an hour and more before I could
  • remember a thing."
  • During this reminiscence, the man on the ground had contrived to
  • clear his mind of the mistiness induced by the Kid's upper-cut. The
  • first sign he showed of returning intelligence was a sudden dash
  • for safety up the road. But he had not gone five yards when he sat
  • down limply.
  • The Kid was inspired to further reminiscence. "Guess he's feeling
  • pretty poor," he said. "It's no good him trying to run for a while
  • after he's put his chin in the way of a real live one. I remember
  • when Joe Peterson put me out, way back when I was new to the
  • game--it was the same year I fought Martin Kelly. He had an awful
  • punch, had old Joe, and he put me down and out in the eighth round.
  • After the fight they found me on the fire-escape outside my
  • dressing-room. 'Come in, Kid,' says they. 'It's all right, chaps,'
  • I says, 'I'm dying.' Like that. 'It's all right, chaps, I'm dying.'
  • Same with this guy. See what I mean?"
  • They formed a group about the fallen black-jack expert.
  • "Pardon us," said Psmith courteously, "for breaking in upon your
  • reverie; but, if you could spare us a moment of your valuable time,
  • there are one or two things which we should like to know."
  • "Sure thing," agreed the Kid.
  • "In the first place," continued Psmith, "would it be betraying
  • professional secrets if you told us which particular bevy of
  • energetic sandbaggers it is to which you are attached?"
  • "Gent," explained the Kid, "wants to know what's your gang."
  • The man on the ground muttered something that to Psmith and Billy
  • was unintelligible.
  • "It would be a charity," said the former, "if some philanthropist
  • would give this blighter elocution lessons. Can you interpret,
  • Comrade Brady?"
  • "Says it's the Three Points," said the Kid.
  • "The Three Points? Let me see, is that Dude Dawson, Comrade
  • Windsor, or the other gentleman?"
  • "It's Spider Reilly. Dude Dawson runs the Table Hill crowd."
  • "Perhaps this _is_ Spider Reilly?"
  • "Nope," said the Kid. "I know the Spider. This ain't him. This is
  • some other mutt."
  • "Which other mutt in particular?" asked Psmith. "Try and find out,
  • Comrade Brady. You seem to be able to understand what he says. To
  • me, personally, his remarks sound like the output of a gramophone
  • with a hot potato in its mouth."
  • "Says he's Jack Repetto," announced the interpreter.
  • There was another interruption at this moment. The bashful Mr.
  • Repetto, plainly a man who was not happy in the society of
  • strangers, made another attempt to withdraw. Reaching out a pair of
  • lean hands, he pulled the Kid's legs from under him with a swift
  • jerk, and, wriggling to his feet, started off again down the road.
  • Once more, however, desire outran performance. He got as far as the
  • nearest street-lamp, but no farther. The giddiness seemed to
  • overcome him again, for he grasped the lamp-post, and, sliding
  • slowly to the ground, sat there motionless.
  • The Kid, whose fall had jolted and bruised him, was inclined to be
  • wrathful and vindictive. He was the first of the three to reach
  • the elusive Mr. Repetto, and if that worthy had happened to be
  • standing instead of sitting it might have gone hard with him. But
  • the Kid was not the man to attack a fallen foe. He contented
  • himself with brushing the dust off his person and addressing a
  • richly abusive flow of remarks to Mr. Repetto.
  • Under the rays of the lamp it was possible to discern more closely
  • the features of the black-jack exponent. There was a subtle but
  • noticeable resemblance to those of Mr. Bat Jarvis. Apparently the
  • latter's oiled forelock, worn low over the forehead, was more a
  • concession to the general fashion prevailing in gang circles than
  • an expression of personal taste. Mr. Repetto had it, too. In his
  • case it was almost white, for the fallen warrior was an albino. His
  • eyes, which were closed, had white lashes and were set as near
  • together as Nature had been able to manage without actually running
  • them into one another. His under-lip protruded and drooped. Looking
  • at him, one felt instinctively that no judging committee of a
  • beauty contest would hesitate a moment before him.
  • It soon became apparent that the light of the lamp, though
  • bestowing the doubtful privilege of a clearer view of Mr. Repetto's
  • face, held certain disadvantages. Scarcely had the staff of _Cosy
  • Moments_ reached the faint yellow pool of light, in the centre of
  • which Mr. Repetto reclined, than, with a suddenness which caused
  • them to leap into the air, there sounded from the darkness down the
  • road the _crack-crack-crack_ of a revolver. Instantly from the
  • opposite direction came other shots. Three bullets flicked grooves
  • in the roadway almost at Billy's feet. The Kid gave a sudden howl.
  • Psmith's hat, suddenly imbued with life, sprang into the air and
  • vanished, whirling into the night.
  • The thought did not come to them consciously at the moment, there
  • being little time to think, but it was evident as soon as, diving
  • out of the circle of light into the sheltering darkness, they
  • crouched down and waited for the next move, that a somewhat skilful
  • ambush had been effected. The other members of the gang, who had
  • fled with such remarkable speed, had by no means been eliminated
  • altogether from the game. While the questioning of Mr. Repetto had
  • been in progress, they had crept back, unperceived except by Mr.
  • Repetto himself. It being too dark for successful shooting, it had
  • become Mr. Repetto's task to lure his captors into the light, which
  • he had accomplished with considerable skill.
  • For some minutes the battle halted. There was dead silence. The
  • circle of light was empty now. Mr. Repetto had vanished. A
  • tentative shot from nowhere ripped through the air close to where
  • Psmith lay flattened on the pavement. And then the pavement began
  • to vibrate and give out a curious resonant sound. To Psmith it
  • conveyed nothing, but to the opposing army it meant much. They knew
  • it for what it was. Somewhere--it might be near or far--a policeman
  • had heard the shots, and was signalling for help to other policemen
  • along the line by beating on the flag-stones with his night-stick,
  • the New York constable's substitute for the London police-whistle.
  • The noise grew, filling the still air. From somewhere down the road
  • sounded the ring of running feet.
  • "De cops!" cried a voice. "Beat it!"
  • Next moment the night was full of clatter. The gang was "beating
  • it."
  • Psmith rose to his feet and dusted his clothes ruefully. For the
  • first time he realised the horrors of war. His hat had gone for
  • ever. His trousers could never be the same again after their close
  • acquaintance with the pavement.
  • The rescue party was coming up at the gallop.
  • The New York policeman may lack the quiet dignity of his London
  • rival, but he is a hustler.
  • "What's doing?"
  • "Nothing now," said the disgusted voice of Billy Windsor from the
  • shadows. "They've beaten it."
  • The circle of lamplight became as if by mutual consent a general
  • rendezvous. Three grey-clad policemen, tough, clean-shaven men with
  • keen eyes and square jaws, stood there, revolver in one hand,
  • night-stick in the other. Psmith, hatless and dusty, joined them.
  • Billy Windsor and the Kid, the latter bleeding freely from his left
  • ear, the lobe of which had been chipped by a bullet, were the last
  • to arrive.
  • "What's bin the rough house?" inquired one of the policemen, mildly
  • interested.
  • "Do you know a sportsman of the name of Repetto?" inquired Psmith.
  • "Jack Repetto! Sure."
  • "He belongs to the Three Points," said another intelligent officer,
  • as one naming some fashionable club.
  • "When next you see him," said Psmith, "I should be obliged if you
  • would use your authority to make him buy me a new hat. I could do
  • with another pair of trousers, too; but I will not press the
  • trousers. A new hat, is, however, essential. Mine has a six-inch
  • hole in it."
  • "Shot at you, did they?" said one of the policemen, as who should
  • say, "Dash the lads, they're always up to some of their larks."
  • "Shot at us!" burst out the ruffled Kid. "What do you think's bin
  • happening? Think an aeroplane ran into my ear and took half of it
  • off? Think the noise was somebody opening bottles of pop? Think
  • those guys that sneaked off down the road was just training for a
  • Marathon?"
  • "Comrade Brady," said Psmith, "touches the spot. He--"
  • "Say, are you Kid Brady?" inquired one of the officers. For the
  • first time the constabulary had begun to display any real
  • animation.
  • "Reckoned I'd seen you somewhere!" said another. "You licked
  • Cyclone Al. all right, Kid, I hear."
  • "And who but a bone-head thought he wouldn't?" demanded the third
  • warmly. "He could whip a dozen Cyclone Al.'s in the same evening
  • with his eyes shut."
  • "He's the next champeen," admitted the first speaker.
  • "If he puts it over Jimmy Garvin," argued the second.
  • "Jimmy Garvin!" cried the third. "He can whip twenty Jimmy Garvins
  • with his feet tied. I tell you--"
  • "I am loath," observed Psmith, "to interrupt this very impressive
  • brain-barbecue, but, trivial as it may seem to you, to me there is
  • a certain interest in this other little matter of my ruined hat. I
  • know that it may strike you as hypersensitive of us to protest
  • against being riddled with bullets, but--"
  • "Well, what's bin doin'?" inquired the Force. It was a nuisance,
  • this perpetual harping on trifles when the deep question of the
  • light-weight Championship of the World was under discussion, but
  • the sooner it was attended to, the sooner it would be over.
  • Billy Windsor undertook to explain.
  • "The Three Points laid for us," he said. "Jack Repetto was bossing
  • the crowd. I don't know who the rest were. The Kid put one over on
  • to Jack Repetto's chin, and we were asking him a few questions when
  • the rest came back, and started into shooting. Then we got to cover
  • quick, and you came up and they beat it."
  • "That," said Psmith, nodding, "is a very fair _précis_ of the
  • evening's events. We should like you, if you will be so good, to
  • corral this Comrade Repetto, and see that he buys me a new hat."
  • "We'll round Jack up," said one of the policemen indulgently.
  • "Do it nicely," urged Psmith. "Don't go hurting his feelings."
  • The second policeman gave it as his opinion that Jack was getting
  • too gay. The third policeman conceded this. Jack, he said, had
  • shown signs for some time past of asking for it in the neck. It was
  • an error on Jack's part, he gave his hearers to understand, to
  • assume that the lid was completely off the great city of New York.
  • "Too blamed fresh he's gettin'," the trio agreed. They could not
  • have been more disapproving if they had been prefects at Haileybury
  • and Mr. Repetto a first-termer who had been detected in the act of
  • wearing his cap on the back of his head.
  • They seemed to think it was too bad of Jack.
  • "The wrath of the Law," said Psmith, "is very terrible. We will
  • leave the matter, then, in your hands. In the meantime, we should
  • be glad if you would direct us to the nearest Subway station. Just
  • at the moment, the cheerful lights of the Great White Way are what
  • I seem to chiefly need."
  • CHAPTER XVII
  • GUERILLA WARFARE
  • Thus ended the opening engagement of the campaign, seemingly in a
  • victory for the _Cosy Moments_ army. Billy Windsor, however, shook
  • his head.
  • "We've got mighty little out of it," he said.
  • "The victory," said Psmith, "was not bloodless. Comrade Brady's ear,
  • my hat--these are not slight casualties. On the other hand, surely
  • we are one up? Surely we have gained ground? The elimination of
  • Comrade Repetto from the scheme of things in itself is something. I
  • know few men I would not rather meet in a lonely road than Comrade
  • Repetto. He is one of Nature's sand-baggers. Probably the thing
  • crept upon him slowly. He started, possibly, in a merely tentative
  • way by slugging one of the family circle. His nurse, let us say, or
  • his young brother. But, once started, he is unable to resist the
  • craving. The thing grips him like dram-drinking. He sandbags now not
  • because he really wants to, but because he cannot help himself. To
  • me there is something consoling in the thought that Comrade Repetto
  • will no longer be among those present."
  • "What makes you think that?"
  • "I should imagine that a benevolent Law will put him away in his
  • little cell for at least a brief spell."
  • "Not on your life," said Billy. "He'll prove an alibi."
  • Psmith's eyeglass dropped out of his eye. He replaced it, and
  • gazed, astonished, at Billy.
  • "An alibi? When three keen-eyed men actually caught him at it?"
  • "He can find thirty toughs to swear he was five miles away."
  • "And get the court to believe it?" said Psmith.
  • "Sure," said Billy disgustedly. "You don't catch them hurting a
  • gangsman unless they're pushed against the wall. The politicians
  • don't want the gangs in gaol, especially as the Aldermanic
  • elections will be on in a few weeks. Did you ever hear of Monk
  • Eastman?"
  • "I fancy not, Comrade Windsor. If I did, the name has escaped me.
  • Who was this cleric?"
  • "He was the first boss of the East Side gang, before Kid Twist took
  • it on."
  • "Yes?"
  • "He was arrested dozens of times, but he always got off. Do you
  • know what he said once, when they pulled him for thugging a fellow
  • out in New Jersey?"
  • "I fear not, Comrade Windsor. Tell me all."
  • "He said, 'You're arresting me, huh? Say, you want to look where
  • you're goin'; I cut some ice in this town. I made half the big
  • politicians in New York!' That was what he said."
  • "His small-talk," said Psmith, "seems to have been bright and
  • well-expressed. What happened then? Was he restored to his friends
  • and his relations?"
  • "Sure, he was. What do you think? Well, Jack Repetto isn't Monk
  • Eastman, but he's in with Spider Reilly, and the Spider's in with
  • the men behind. Jack'll get off."
  • "It looks to me, Comrade Windsor," said Psmith thoughtfully, "as if
  • my stay in this great city were going to cost me a small fortune in
  • hats."
  • Billy's prophecy proved absolutely correct. The police were as good
  • as their word. In due season they rounded up the impulsive Mr.
  • Repetto, and he was haled before a magistrate. And then, what a
  • beautiful exhibition of brotherly love and auld-lang-syne
  • camaraderie was witnessed! One by one, smirking sheepishly, but
  • giving out their evidence with unshaken earnestness, eleven greasy,
  • wandering-eyed youths mounted the witness-stand and affirmed on
  • oath that at the time mentioned dear old Jack had been making
  • merry in their company in a genial and law-abiding fashion, many,
  • many blocks below the scene of the regrettable assault. The
  • magistrate discharged the prisoner, and the prisoner, meeting Billy
  • and Psmith in the street outside, leered triumphantly at them.
  • Billy stepped up to him. "You may have wriggled out of this," he
  • said furiously, "but if you don't get a move on and quit looking at
  • me like that, I'll knock you over the Singer Building. Hump
  • yourself."
  • Mr. Repetto humped himself.
  • So was victory turned into defeat, and Billy's jaw became squarer
  • and his eye more full of the light of battle than ever. And there
  • was need of a square jaw and a battle-lit eye, for now began a
  • period of guerilla warfare such as no New York paper had ever had
  • to fight against.
  • It was Wheeler, the gaunt manager of the business side of the
  • journal, who first brought it to the notice of the editorial staff.
  • Wheeler was a man for whom in business hours nothing existed but
  • his job; and his job was to look after the distribution of the
  • paper. As to the contents of the paper he was absolutely ignorant.
  • He had been with _Cosy Moments_ from its start, but he had never read
  • a line of it. He handled it as if it were so much soap. The
  • scholarly writings of Mr. Wilberfloss, the mirth-provoking sallies
  • of Mr. B. Henderson Asher, the tender outpourings of Louella
  • Granville Waterman--all these were things outside his ken. He was a
  • distributor, and he distributed.
  • A few days after the restoration of Mr. Repetto to East Side
  • Society, Mr. Wheeler came into the editorial room with information
  • and desire for information.
  • He endeavoured to satisfy the latter first.
  • "What's doing, anyway?" he asked. He then proceeded to his
  • information. "Some one's got it in against the paper, sure," he
  • said. "I don't know what it's all about. I ha'n't never read the
  • thing. Don't see what any one could have against a paper with a
  • name like _Cosy Moments_, anyway. The way things have been going
  • last few days, seems it might be the organ of a blamed mining-camp
  • what the boys have took a dislike to."
  • "What's been happening?" asked Billy with gleaming eyes.
  • "Why, nothing in the world to fuss about, only our carriers can't
  • go out without being beaten up by gangs of toughs. Pat Harrigan's
  • in the hospital now. Just been looking in on him. Pat's a feller
  • who likes to fight. Rather fight he would than see a ball-game. But
  • this was too much for him. Know what happened? Why, see here, just
  • like this it was. Pat goes out with his cart. Passing through a
  • low-down street on his way up-town he's held up by a bunch of
  • toughs. He shows fight. Half a dozen of them attend to him, while
  • the rest gets clean away with every copy of the paper there was in
  • the cart. When the cop comes along, there's Pat in pieces on the
  • ground and nobody in sight but a Dago chewing gum. Cop asks the
  • Dago what's been doing, and the Dago says he's only just come round
  • the corner and ha'n't seen nothing of anybody. What I want to know
  • is, what's it all about? Who's got it in for us and why?"
  • Mr. Wheeler leaned back in his chair, while Billy, his hair rumpled
  • more than ever and his eyes glowing, explained the situation. Mr.
  • Wheeler listened absolutely unmoved, and, when the narrative had
  • come to an end, gave it as his opinion that the editorial staff had
  • sand. That was his sole comment. "It's up to you," he said,
  • rising. "You know your business. Say, though, some one had better
  • get busy right quick and do something to stop these guys
  • rough-housing like this. If we get a few more carriers beat up the
  • way Pat was, there'll be a strike. It's not as if they were all
  • Irishmen. The most of them are Dagoes and such, and they don't
  • want any more fight than they can get by beating their wives and
  • kicking kids off the sidewalk. I'll do my best to get this paper
  • distributed right and it's a shame if it ain't, because it's going
  • big just now--but it's up to you. Good day, gents."
  • He went out. Psmith looked at Billy.
  • "As Comrade Wheeler remarks," he said, "it is up to us. What do you
  • propose to do about it? This is a move of the enemy which I have
  • not anticipated. I had fancied that their operations would be
  • confined exclusively to our two selves. If they are going to strew
  • the street with our carriers, we are somewhat in the soup."
  • Billy said nothing. He was chewing the stem of an unlighted pipe.
  • Psmith went on.
  • "It means, of course, that we must buck up to a certain extent. If
  • the campaign is to be a long one, they have us where the hair is
  • crisp. We cannot stand the strain. _Cosy Moments_ cannot be muzzled,
  • but it can undoubtedly be choked. What we want to do is to find
  • out the name of the man behind the tenements as soon as ever we can
  • and publish it; and, then, if we perish, fall yelling the name."
  • Billy admitted the soundness of this scheme, but wished to know how
  • it was to be done.
  • "Comrade Windsor," said Psmith. "I have been thinking this thing
  • over, and it seems to me that we are on the wrong track, or rather
  • we aren't on any track at all; we are simply marking time. What we
  • want to do is to go out and hustle round till we stir up something.
  • Our line up to the present has been to sit at home and scream
  • vigorously in the hope of some stout fellow hearing and rushing to
  • help. In other words, we've been saying in the paper what an
  • out-size in scugs the merchant must be who owns those tenements, in
  • the hope that somebody else will agree with us and be sufficiently
  • interested to get to work and find out who the blighter is. That's
  • all wrong. What we must do now, Comrade Windsor, is put on our
  • hats, such hats as Comrade Repetto has left us, and sally forth as
  • sleuth-hounds on our own account."
  • "Yes, but how?" demanded Billy. "That's all right in theory, but
  • how's it going to work in practice? The only thing that can corner
  • the man is a commission."
  • "Far from it, Comrade Windsor. The job may be worked more simply. I
  • don't know how often the rents are collected in these places, but I
  • should say at a venture once a week. My idea is to hang negligently
  • round till the rent-collector arrives, and when he has loomed up on
  • the horizon, buttonhole him and ask him quite politely, as man to
  • man, whether he is collecting those rents for himself or for
  • somebody else, and if somebody else, who that somebody else is.
  • Simple, I fancy? Yet brainy. Do you take me, Comrade Windsor?"
  • Billy sat up, excited. "I believe you've hit it."
  • Psmith shot his cuffs modestly.
  • CHAPTER XVIII
  • AN EPISODE BY THE WAY
  • It was Pugsy Maloney who, on the following morning, brought to the
  • office the gist of what is related in this chapter. Pugsy's version
  • was, however, brief and unadorned, as was the way with his
  • narratives. Such things as first causes and piquant details he
  • avoided, as tending to prolong the telling excessively, thus
  • keeping him from perusal of his cowboy stories. The way Pugsy put
  • it was as follows. He gave the thing out merely as an item of
  • general interest, a bubble on the surface of the life of a great
  • city. He did not know how nearly interested were his employers in
  • any matter touching that gang which is known as the Three Points.
  • Pugsy said: "Dere's trouble down where I live. Dude Dawson's mad at
  • Spider Reilly, an' now de Table Hills are layin' for de T'ree
  • Points. Sure." He had then retired to his outer fastness, yielding
  • further details jerkily and with the distrait air of one whose mind
  • is elsewhere.
  • Skilfully extracted and pieced together, these details formed
  • themselves into the following typical narrative of East Side life
  • in New York.
  • The really important gangs of New York are four. There are other
  • less important institutions, but these are little more than mere
  • friendly gatherings of old boyhood chums for purposes of mutual
  • companionship. In time they may grow, as did Bat Jarvis's coterie,
  • into formidable organisations, for the soil is undoubtedly
  • propitious to such growth. But at present the amount of ice which
  • good judges declare them to cut is but small. They "stick up" an
  • occasional wayfarer for his "cush," and they carry "canisters" and
  • sometimes fire them off, but these things do not signify the
  • cutting of ice. In matters political there are only four gangs
  • which count, the East Side, the Groome Street, the Three Points,
  • and the Table Hill. Greatest of these by virtue of their numbers
  • are the East Side and the Groome Street, the latter presided over
  • at the time of this story by Mr. Bat Jarvis. These two are
  • colossal, and, though they may fight each other, are immune from
  • attack at the hands of lesser gangs. But between the other gangs,
  • and especially between the Table Hill and the Three Points, which
  • are much of a size, warfare rages as briskly as among the republics
  • of South America. There has always been bad blood between the Table
  • Hill and the Three Points, and until they wipe each other out after
  • the manner of the Kilkenny cats, it is probable that there always
  • will be. Little events, trifling in themselves, have always
  • occurred to shatter friendly relations just when there has seemed a
  • chance of their being formed. Thus, just as the Table Hillites were
  • beginning to forgive the Three Points for shooting the redoubtable
  • Paul Horgan down at Coney Island, a Three Pointer injudiciously
  • wiped out another of the rival gang near Canal Street. He pleaded
  • self-defence, and in any case it was probably mere thoughtlessness,
  • but nevertheless the Table Hillites were ruffled.
  • That had been a month or so back. During that month things had been
  • simmering down, and peace was just preparing to brood when there
  • occurred the incident to which Pugsy had alluded, the regrettable
  • falling out of Dude Dawson and Spider Reilly at Mr. Maginnis's
  • dancing saloon, Shamrock Hall, the same which Bat Jarvis had been
  • called in to protect in the days before the Groome Street gang
  • began to be.
  • Shamrock Hall, being under the eyes of the great Bat, was, of
  • course, forbidden ground; and it was with no intention of spoiling
  • the harmony of the evening that Mr. Dawson had looked in. He was
  • there in a purely private and peaceful character.
  • As he sat smoking, sipping, and observing the revels, there settled
  • at the next table Mr. Robert ("Nigger") Coston, an eminent member
  • of the Three Points.
  • There being temporary peace between the two gangs, the great men
  • exchanged a not unfriendly nod and, after a short pause, a word or
  • two. Mr. Coston, alluding to an Italian who had just pirouetted
  • past, remarked that there sure was some class to the way that wop
  • hit it up. Mr. Dawson said Yup, there sure was. You would have said
  • that all Nature smiled.
  • Alas! The next moment the sky was covered with black clouds and the
  • storm broke. For Mr. Dawson, continuing in this vein of criticism,
  • rather injudiciously gave it as his opinion that one of the lady
  • dancers had two left feet.
  • For a moment Mr. Coston did not see which lady was alluded to.
  • "De goil in de pink skoit," said Mr. Dawson, facilitating the
  • other's search by pointing with a much-chewed cigarette. It was at
  • this moment that Nature's smile was shut off as if by a tap. For
  • the lady in the pink skirt had been in receipt of Mr. Coston's
  • respectful devotion for the past eight days.
  • From this point onwards the march of events was rapid.
  • Mr. Coston, rising, asked Mr. Dawson who he thought he, Mr. Dawson,
  • was.
  • Mr. Dawson, extinguishing his cigarette and placing it behind his
  • ear, replied that he was the fellow who could bite his, Mr.
  • Coston's, head off.
  • Mr. Coston said: "Huh?"
  • Mr. Dawson said: "Sure."
  • Mr. Coston called Mr. Dawson a pie-faced rubber-necked
  • four-flusher.
  • Mr. Dawson called Mr. Coston a coon.
  • And that was where the trouble really started.
  • It was secretly a great grief to Mr. Coston that his skin was of so
  • swarthy a hue. To be permitted to address Mr. Coston face to face
  • by his nickname was a sign of the closest friendship, to which only
  • Spider Reilly, Jack Repetto, and one or two more of the gang could
  • aspire. Others spoke of him as Nigger, or, more briefly,
  • Nig--strictly behind his back. For Mr. Coston had a wide reputation
  • as a fighter, and his particular mode of battling was to descend on
  • his antagonist and bite him. Into this action he flung himself with
  • the passionate abandonment of the artist. When he bit he bit. He
  • did not nibble.
  • If a friend had called Mr. Coston "Nig" he would have been running
  • grave risks. A stranger, and a leader of a rival gang, who
  • addressed him as "coon" was more than asking for trouble. He was
  • pleading for it.
  • Great men seldom waste time. Mr. Coston, leaning towards Mr.
  • Dawson, promptly bit him on the cheek. Mr. Dawson bounded from his
  • seat. Such was the excitement of the moment that, instead of
  • drawing his "canister," he forgot that he had one on his person,
  • and, seizing a mug which had held beer, bounced it vigorously on
  • Mr. Coston's skull, which, being of solid wood, merely gave out a
  • resonant note and remained unbroken.
  • So far the honours were comparatively even, with perhaps a slight
  • balance in favour of Mr. Coston. But now occurred an incident
  • which turned the scale, and made war between the gangs inevitable.
  • In the far corner of the room, surrounded by a crowd of admiring
  • friends, sat Spider Reilly, monarch of the Three Points. He had
  • noticed that there was a slight disturbance at the other side of
  • the hall, but had given it little attention till, the dancing
  • ceasing suddenly and the floor emptying itself of its crowd, he had
  • a plain view of Mr. Dawson and Mr. Coston squaring up at each
  • other for the second round. We must assume that Mr. Reilly was not
  • thinking what he did, for his action was contrary to all rules of
  • gang-etiquette. In the street it would have been perfectly
  • legitimate, even praiseworthy, but in a dance-hall belonging to a
  • neutral power it was unpardonable.
  • What he did was to produce his "canister" and pick off the
  • unsuspecting Mr. Dawson just as that exquisite was preparing to get
  • in some more good work with the beer-mug. The leader of the Table
  • Hillites fell with a crash, shot through the leg; and Spider
  • Reilly, together with Mr. Coston and others of the Three Points,
  • sped through the doorway for safety, fearing the wrath of Bat
  • Jarvis, who, it was known, would countenance no such episodes at
  • the dance-hall which he had undertaken to protect.
  • Mr. Dawson, meanwhile, was attended to and helped home. Willing
  • informants gave him the name of his aggressor, and before morning
  • the Table Hill camp was in ferment. Shooting broke out in three
  • places, though there were no casualties. When the day dawned there
  • existed between the two gangs a state of war more bitter than any
  • in their record; for this time it was no question of obscure
  • nonentities. Chieftain had assaulted chieftain; royal blood had
  • been spilt.
  • * * *
  • "Comrade Windsor," said Psmith, when Master Maloney had spoken his
  • last word, "we must take careful note of this little matter. I
  • rather fancy that sooner or later we may be able to turn it to our
  • profit. I am sorry for Dude Dawson, anyhow. Though I have never
  • met him, I have a sort of instinctive respect for him. A man such
  • as he would feel a bullet through his trouser-leg more than one of
  • common clay who cared little how his clothes looked."
  • CHAPTER XIX
  • IN PLEASANT STREET
  • Careful inquiries, conducted incognito by Master Maloney among the
  • denizens of Pleasant Street, brought the information that rents in
  • the tenements were collected not weekly but monthly, a fact which
  • must undoubtedly cause a troublesome hitch in the campaign.
  • Rent-day, announced Pugsy, fell on the last day of the month.
  • "I rubbered around," he said, "and did de sleut' act, and I finds
  • t'ings out. Dere's a feller comes round 'bout supper time dat day,
  • an' den it's up to de fam'lies what lives in de tenements to dig
  • down into deir jeans fer de stuff, or out dey goes dat same night."
  • "Evidently a hustler, our nameless friend," said Psmith.
  • "I got dat from a kid what knows anuder kid what lives dere,"
  • explained Master Maloney. "Say," he proceeded confidentially, "dat
  • kid's in bad, sure he is. Dat second kid, de one what lives dere.
  • He's a wop kid, an--"
  • "A what, Comrade Maloney?"
  • "A wop. A Dago. Why, don't you get next? Why, an Italian. Sure,
  • dat's right. Well, dis kid, he is sure to de bad, 'cos his father
  • come over from Italy to work on de Subway."
  • "I don't see why that puts him in bad," said Billy Windsor
  • wonderingly.
  • "Nor I," agreed Psmith. "Your narratives, Comrade Maloney, always
  • seem to me to suffer from a certain lack of construction. You start
  • at the end, and then you go back to any portion of the story which
  • happens to appeal to you at the moment, eventually winding up at
  • the beginning. Why should the fact that this stripling's father
  • has come over from Italy to work on the Subway be a misfortune?"
  • "Why, sure, because he got fired an' went an' swatted de foreman
  • one on de coco, an' de magistrate gives him t'oity days."
  • "And then, Comrade Maloney? This thing is beginning to get clearer.
  • You are like Sherlock Holmes. After you've explained a thing from
  • start to finish--or, as you prefer to do, from finish to start--it
  • becomes quite simple."
  • "Why, den dis kid's in bad for fair, 'cos der ain't nobody to
  • pungle de bones."
  • "Pungle de what, Comrade Maloney?"
  • "De bones. De stuff. Dat's right. De dollars. He's all alone, dis
  • kid, so when de rent-guy blows in, who's to slip him over de
  • simoleons? It'll be outside for his, quick."
  • Billy warmed up at this tale of distress in his usual way.
  • "Somebody ought to do something. It's a vile shame the kid being
  • turned out like that."
  • "We will see to it, Comrade Windsor. _Cosy Moments_ shall step in. We
  • will combine business with pleasure, paying the stripling's rent
  • and corralling the rent-collector at the same time. What is today?
  • How long before the end of the month? Another week! A murrain on
  • it, Comrade Windsor. Two murrains. This delay may undo us."
  • But the days went by without any further movement on the part of
  • the enemy. A strange quiet seemed to be brooding over the other
  • camp. As a matter of fact, the sudden outbreak of active
  • hostilities with the Table Hill contingent had had the effect of
  • taking the minds of Spider Reilly and his warriors off _Cosy Moments_
  • and its affairs, much as the unexpected appearance of a mad bull
  • would make a man forget that he had come out butterfly-hunting.
  • Psmith and Billy could wait; they were not likely to take the
  • offensive; but the Table Hillites demanded instant attention.
  • War had broken out, as was usual between the gangs, in a somewhat
  • tentative fashion at first sight. There had been sniping and
  • skirmishes by the wayside, but as yet no pitched battle. The two
  • armies were sparring for an opening.
  • * * *
  • The end of the week arrived, and Psmith and Billy, conducted by
  • Master Maloney, made their way to Pleasant Street. To get there it
  • was necessary to pass through a section of the enemy's country; but
  • the perilous passage was safely negotiated. The expedition reached
  • its unsavoury goal intact.
  • The wop kid, whose name, it appeared, was Giuseppe Orloni,
  • inhabited a small room at the very top of the building next to the
  • one Psmith and Mike had visited on their first appearance in
  • Pleasant Street. He was out when the party, led by Pugsy up dark
  • stairs, arrived; and, on returning, seemed both surprised and
  • alarmed to see visitors. Pugsy undertook to do the honours. Pugsy
  • as interpreter was energetic but not wholly successful. He appeared
  • to have a fixed idea that the Italian language was one easily
  • mastered by the simple method of saying "da" instead of "the," and
  • tacking on a final "a" to any word that seemed to him to need one.
  • "Say, kid," he began, "has da rent-a-man come yet-a?"
  • The black eyes of the wop kid clouded. He gesticulated, and said
  • something in his native language.
  • "He hasn't got next," reported Master Maloney. "He can't git on to
  • me curves. Dese wop kids is all boneheads. Say, kid, look-a here."
  • He walked out of the room and closed the door; then, rapping on it
  • smartly from the outside, re-entered and, assuming a look of
  • extreme ferocity, stretched out his hand and thundered: "Unbelt-a!
  • Slip-a me da stuff!"
  • The wop kid's puzzlement became pathetic.
  • "This," said Psmith, deeply interested, "is getting about as tense
  • as anything I ever struck. Don't give in, Comrade Maloney. Who
  • knows but that you may yet win through? I fancy the trouble is that
  • your too perfect Italian accent is making the youth home-sick. Once
  • more to the breach, Comrade Maloney."
  • Master Maloney made a gesture of disgust. "I'm t'roo. Dese Dagoes
  • makes me tired. Dey don't know enough to go upstairs to take de
  • Elevated. Beat it, you mutt," he observed with moody displeasure
  • to the wop kid, accompanying the words with a gesture which
  • conveyed its own meaning. The wop kid, plainly glad to get away,
  • slipped out of the door like a shadow.
  • Pugsy shrugged his shoulders.
  • "Gents," he said resignedly, "it's up to youse."
  • "I fancy," said Psmith, "that this is one of those moments when it
  • is necessary for me to unlimber my Sherlock Holmes system. As thus.
  • If the rent collector _had_ been here, it is certain, I think, that
  • Comrade Spaghetti, or whatever you said his name was, wouldn't have
  • been. That is to say, if the rent collector had called and found no
  • money waiting for him, surely Comrade Spaghetti would have been out
  • in the cold night instead of under his own roof-tree. Do you follow
  • me, Comrade Maloney?"
  • "That's right," said Billy Windsor. "Of course."
  • "Elementary, my dear Watson, elementary," murmured Psmith.
  • "So all we have to do is to sit here and wait."
  • "All?" said Psmith sadly. "Surely it is enough. For of all the
  • scaly localities I have struck this seems to me the scaliest. The
  • architect of this Stately Home of America seems to have had a
  • positive hatred for windows. His idea of ventilation was to leave
  • a hole in the wall about the size of a lima bean and let the thing
  • go at that. If our friend does not arrive shortly, I shall pull
  • down the roof. Why, gadzooks! Not to mention stap my vitals! Isn't
  • that a trap-door up there? Make a long-arm, Comrade Windsor."
  • Billy got on a chair and pulled the bolt. The trap-door opened
  • downwards. It fell, disclosing a square of deep blue sky.
  • "Gum!" he said. "Fancy living in this atmosphere when you don't
  • have to. Fancy these fellows keeping that shut all the time."
  • "I expect it is an acquired taste," said Psmith, "like Limburger
  • cheese. They don't begin to appreciate air till it is thick enough
  • to scoop chunks out of with a spoon. Then they get up on their hind
  • legs and inflate their chests and say, 'This is fine! This beats
  • ozone hollow!' Leave it open, Comrade Windsor. And now, as to the
  • problem of dispensing with Comrade Maloney's services?"
  • "Sure," said Billy. "Beat it, Pugsy, my lad."
  • Pugsy looked up, indignant.
  • "Beat it?" he queried.
  • "While your shoe leather's good," said Billy. "This is no place
  • for a minister's son. There may be a rough house in here any
  • minute, and you would be in the way."
  • "I want to stop and pipe de fun," objected Master Maloney.
  • "Never mind. Cut off. We'll tell you all about it to-morrow."
  • Master Maloney prepared reluctantly to depart. As he did so there
  • was a sound of a well-shod foot on the stairs, and a man in a
  • snuff-coloured suit, wearing a brown Homburg hat and carrying a
  • small notebook in one hand, walked briskly into the room. It was
  • not necessary for Psmith to get his Sherlock Holmes system to work.
  • His whole appearance proclaimed the new-comer to be the
  • long-expected collector of rents.
  • CHAPTER XX
  • CORNERED
  • He stood in the doorway looking with some surprise at the group
  • inside. He was a smallish, pale-faced man with protruding eyes and
  • teeth which gave him a certain resemblance to a rabbit.
  • "Hello," he said.
  • "Welcome to New York," said Psmith.
  • Master Maloney, who had taken advantage of the interruption to edge
  • farther into the room, now appeared to consider the question of his
  • departure permanently shelved. He sidled to a corner and sat down
  • on an empty soap-box with the air of a dramatic critic at the
  • opening night of a new play. The scene looked good to him. It
  • promised interesting developments. Master Maloney was an earnest
  • student of the drama, as exhibited in the theatres of the East
  • Side, and few had ever applauded the hero of "Escaped from
  • Sing-Sing," or hissed the villain of "Nellie, the Beautiful
  • Cloak-Model" with more fervour than he. He liked his drama to have
  • plenty of action, and to his practised eye this one promised well.
  • Psmith he looked upon as a quite amiable lunatic, from whom little
  • was to be expected; but there was a set expression on Billy
  • Windsor's face which suggested great things.
  • His pleasure was abruptly quenched. Billy Windsor, placing a firm
  • hand on his collar, led him to the door and pushed him out, closing
  • the door behind him.
  • The rent collector watched these things with a puzzled eye. He now
  • turned to Psmith.
  • "Say, seen anything of the wops that live here?" he inquired.
  • "I am addressing--?" said Psmith courteously.
  • "My name's Gooch."
  • Psmith bowed.
  • "Touching these wops, Comrade Gooch," he said, "I fear there is
  • little chance of your seeing them to-night, unless you wait some
  • considerable time. With one of them--the son and heir of the
  • family, I should say--we have just been having a highly interesting
  • and informative chat. Comrade Maloney, who has just left us, acted
  • as interpreter. The father, I am told, is in the dungeon below the
  • castle moat for a brief spell for punching his foreman in the
  • eye. The result? The rent is not forthcoming."
  • "Then it's outside for theirs," said Mr. Gooch definitely.
  • "It's a big shame," broke in Billy, "turning the kid out. Where's
  • he to go?"
  • "That's up to him. Nothing to do with me. I'm only acting under
  • orders from up top."
  • "Whose orders, Comrade Gooch?" inquired Psmith.
  • "The gent who owns this joint."
  • "Who is he?" said Billy.
  • Suspicion crept into the protruding eyes of the rent collector. He
  • waxed wroth. "Say!" he demanded. "Who are you two guys, anyway, and
  • what do you think you're doing here? That's what I'd like to know.
  • What do you want with the name of the owner of this place? What
  • business is it of yours?"
  • "The fact is, Comrade Gooch, we are newspaper men."
  • "I guessed you were," said Mr. Gooch with triumph. "You can't bluff
  • me. Well, it's no good, boys. I've nothing for you. You'd better
  • chase off and try something else."
  • He became more friendly.
  • "Say, though," he said, "I just guessed you were from some
  • paper. I wish I could give you a story, but I can't. I guess
  • it's this _Cosy Moments_ business that's been and put your editor
  • on to this joint, ain't it? Say, though, that's a queer thing,
  • that paper. Why, only a few weeks ago it used to be a sort of
  • take-home-and-read-to-the-kids affair. A friend of mine used
  • to buy it regular. And then suddenly it comes out with a
  • regular whoop, and started knocking these tenements and
  • boosting Kid Brady, and all that. I can't understand it. All I
  • know is that it's begun to get this place talked about. Why,
  • you see for yourselves how it is. Here is your editor sending
  • you down to get a story about it. But, say, those _Cosy Moments_
  • guys are taking big risks. I tell you straight they are, and
  • that goes. I happen to know a thing or two about what's going
  • on on the other side, and I tell you there's going to be
  • something doing if they don't cut it out quick. Mr.--" he
  • stopped and chuckled, "Mr. Jones isn't the man to sit still and
  • smile. He's going to get busy. Say, what paper do you boys come
  • from?"
  • "_Cosy Moments_, Comrade Gooch," Psmith replied. "Immediately behind
  • you, between you and the door, is Comrade Windsor, our editor. I am
  • Psmith. I sub-edit."
  • For a moment the inwardness of the information did not seem to come
  • home to Mr. Gooch. Then it hit him. He spun round. Billy Windsor
  • was standing with his back against the door and a more than nasty
  • look on his face.
  • "What's all this?" demanded Mr. Gooch.
  • "I will explain all," said Psmith soothingly. "In the first place,
  • however, this matter of Comrade Spaghetti's rent. Sooner than see
  • that friend of my boyhood slung out to do the
  • wandering-child-in-the-snow act, I will brass up for him."
  • "Confound his rent. Let me out."
  • "Business before pleasure. How much is it? Twelve dollars? For the
  • privilege of suffocating in this compact little Black Hole? By my
  • halidom, Comrade Gooch, that gentleman whose name you are so
  • shortly to tell us has a very fair idea of how to charge! But who
  • am I that I should criticise? Here are the simoleons, as our young
  • friend, Comrade Maloney, would call them. Push me over a receipt."
  • "Let me out."
  • "Anon, gossip, anon.--Shakespeare. First, the receipt."
  • Mr. Gooch scribbled a few words in his notebook and tore out the
  • page. Psmith thanked him.
  • "I will see that it reaches Comrade Spaghetti," he said. "And now
  • to a more important matter. Don't put away that notebook. Turn to
  • a clean page, moisten your pencil, and write as follows. Are you
  • ready? By the way, what is your Christian name? . . . Gooch, Gooch,
  • this is no way to speak! Well, if you are sensitive on the point,
  • we will waive the Christian name. It is my duty to tell you,
  • however, that I suspect it to be Percy. Let us push on. Are you
  • ready, once more? Pencil moistened? Very well, then. 'I'--comma--'being
  • of sound mind and body'--comma--'and a bright little chap
  • altogether'--comma--Why, you're not writing."
  • "Let me out," bellowed Mr. Gooch. "I'll summon you for assault and
  • battery. Playing a fool game like this! Get away from that door."
  • "There has been no assault and battery yet, Comrade Gooch, but who
  • shall predict how long so happy a state of things will last? Do not
  • be deceived by our gay and smiling faces, Comrade Gooch. We mean
  • business. Let me put the whole position of affairs before you; and
  • I am sure a man of your perception will see that there is only one
  • thing to be done."
  • He dusted the only chair in the room with infinite care and sat
  • down. Billy Windsor, who had not spoken a word or moved an inch
  • since the beginning of the interview, continued to stand and be
  • silent. Mr. Gooch shuffled restlessly in the middle of the room.
  • "As you justly observed a moment ago," said Psmith, "the staff of
  • _Cosy Moments_ is taking big risks. We do not rely on your
  • unsupported word for that. We have had practical demonstration of
  • the fact from one J. Repetto, who tried some few nights ago to put
  • us out of business. Well, it struck us both that we had better get
  • hold of the name of the blighter who runs these tenements as
  • quickly as possible, before Comrade Repetto's next night out. That
  • is what we should like you to give us, Comrade Gooch. And we should
  • like it in writing. And, on second thoughts, in ink. I have one of
  • those patent non-leakable fountain pens in my pocket. The Old
  • Journalist's Best Friend. Most of the ink has come out and is
  • permeating the lining of my coat, but I think there is still
  • sufficient for our needs. Remind me later, Comrade Gooch, to
  • continue on the subject of fountain pens. I have much to say on the
  • theme. Meanwhile, however, business, business. That is the cry."
  • He produced a pen and an old letter, the last page of which was
  • blank, and began to write.
  • "How does this strike you?" he said. "'I'--(I have left a blank
  • for the Christian name: you can write it in yourself later)--'I,
  • blank Gooch, being a collector of rents in Pleasant Street, New
  • York, do hereby swear'--hush, Comrade Gooch, there is no need to do
  • it yet--'that the name of the owner of the Pleasant Street
  • tenements, who is responsible for the perfectly foul conditions
  • there, is--' And that is where you come in, Comrade Gooch. That is
  • where we need your specialised knowledge. Who is he?"
  • Billy Windsor reached out and grabbed the rent collector by the
  • collar. Having done this, he proceeded to shake him.
  • Billy was muscular, and his heart was so much in the business that
  • Mr. Gooch behaved as if he had been caught in a high wind. It is
  • probable that in another moment the desired information might have
  • been shaken out of him, but before this could happen there was a
  • banging at the door, followed by the entrance of Master Maloney.
  • For the first time since Psmith had known him, Pugsy was openly
  • excited.
  • "Say," he began, "youse had better beat it quick, you had. Dey's
  • coming!"
  • "And now go back to the beginning, Comrade Maloney," said Psmith
  • patiently, "which in the exuberance of the moment you have skipped.
  • Who are coming?"
  • "Why, dem. De guys."
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "Your habit of omitting essentials, Comrade Maloney, is going to
  • undo you one of these days. When you get to that ranch of yours,
  • you will probably start out to gallop after the cattle without
  • remembering to mount your mustang. There are four million guys in
  • New York. Which section is it that is coming?"
  • "Gum! I don't know how many dere is ob dem. I seen Spider Reilly
  • an' Jack Repetto an'--"
  • "Say no more," said Psmith. "If Comrade Repetto is there, that is
  • enough for me. I am going to get on the roof and pull it up after
  • me."
  • Billy released Mr. Gooch, who fell, puffing, on to the low bed,
  • which stood in one corner of the room.
  • "They must have spotted us as we were coming here," he said, "and
  • followed us. Where did you see them, Pugsy?"
  • "On de Street just outside. Dere was a bunch of dem talkin'
  • togedder, and I hears dem say you was in here. One of dem seen you
  • come in, an dere ain't no ways out but de front, so dey ain't
  • hurryin'! Dey just reckon to pike along upstairs, lookin' into each
  • room till dey finds you. An dere's a bunch of dem goin' to wait on
  • de Street in case youse beat it past down de stairs while de udder
  • guys is rubberin' for youse. Say, gents, it's pretty fierce, dis
  • proposition. What are youse goin' to do?"
  • Mr. Gooch, from the bed, laughed unpleasantly.
  • "I guess you ain't the only assault-and-battery artists in the
  • business," he said. "Looks to me as if some one else was going to
  • get shaken up some."
  • Billy looked at Psmith.
  • "Well?" he said. "What shall we do? Go down and try and rush
  • through?"
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "Not so, Comrade Windsor, but about as much otherwise as you can
  • jolly well imagine."
  • "Well, what then?"
  • "We will stay here. Or rather we will hop nimbly up on to the roof
  • through that skylight. Once there, we may engage these varlets on
  • fairly equal terms. They can only get through one at a time. And
  • while they are doing it I will give my celebrated imitation of
  • Horatius. We had better be moving. Our luggage, fortunately, is
  • small. Merely Comrade Gooch. If you will get through the skylight,
  • I will pass him up to you."
  • Mr. Gooch, with much verbal embroidery, stated that he would not
  • go. Psmith acted promptly. Gripping the struggling rent collector
  • round the waist, and ignoring his frantic kicks as mere errors in
  • taste, he lifted him to the trap-door, whence the head, shoulders
  • and arms of Billy Windsor protruded into the room. Billy collected
  • the collector, and then Psmith turned to Pugsy.
  • "Comrade Maloney."
  • "Huh?"
  • "Have I your ear?"
  • "Huh?"
  • "Are you listening till you feel that your ears are the size of
  • footballs? Then drink this in. For weeks you have been praying for
  • a chance to show your devotion to the great cause; or if you
  • haven't, you ought to have been. That chance has come. You alone
  • can save us. In a sense, of course, we do not need to be saved.
  • They will find it hard to get at us, I fancy, on the roof. But it
  • ill befits the dignity of the editorial staff of a great New York
  • weekly to roost like pigeons for any length of time; and
  • consequently it is up to you."
  • "Shall I go for de cops, Mr. Smith?"
  • "No, Comrade Maloney, I thank you. I have seen the cops in action,
  • and they did not impress me. We do not want allies who will merely
  • shake their heads at Comrade Repetto and the others, however
  • sternly. We want some one who will swoop down upon these merry
  • roisterers, and, as it were, soak to them good. Do you know where
  • Dude Dawson lives?"
  • The light of intelligence began to shine in Master Maloney's face.
  • His eye glistened with respectful approval. This was strategy of
  • the right sort.
  • "Dude Dawson? Nope. But I can ask around."
  • "Do so, Comrade Maloney. And when found, tell him that his old
  • college chum, Spider Reilly, is here. He will not be able to come
  • himself, I fear, but he can send representatives."
  • "Sure."
  • "That's all, then. Go downstairs with a gay and jaunty air, as if
  • you had no connection with the old firm at all. Whistle a few
  • lively bars. Make careless gestures. Thus shall you win through.
  • And now it would be no bad idea, I fancy, for me to join the rest
  • of the brains of the paper up aloft. Off you go, Comrade Maloney.
  • And, in passing, don't take a week about it. Leg it with all the
  • speed you possess."
  • Pugsy vanished, and Psmith closed the door behind him. Inspection
  • revealed the fact that it possessed no lock. As a barrier it was
  • useless. He left it ajar, and, jumping up, gripped the edge of the
  • opening in the roof and pulled himself through.
  • Billy Windsor was seated comfortably on Mr. Gooch's chest a few
  • feet away. By his side was his big stick. Psmith possessed himself
  • of this, and looked about him. The examination was satisfactory.
  • The trap-door appeared to be the only means of access to the roof,
  • and between their roof and that of the next house there was a broad
  • gulf.
  • "Practically impregnable," he murmured. "Only one thing can dish
  • us, Comrade Windsor; and that is if they have the sense to get on
  • to the roof next door and start shooting. Even in that case,
  • however, we have cover in the shape of the chimneys. I think we
  • may fairly say that all is well. How are you getting along? Has the
  • patient responded at all?"
  • "Not yet," said Billy. "But he's going to."
  • "He will be in your charge. I must devote myself exclusively to
  • guarding the bridge. It is a pity that the trap has not got a bolt
  • this side. If it had, the thing would be a perfect picnic. As it
  • is, we must leave it open. But we mustn't expect everything."
  • Billy was about to speak, but Psmith suddenly held up his hand
  • warningly. From the room below came a sound of feet.
  • For a moment the silence was tense. Then from Mr. Gooch's lips
  • there escaped a screech.
  • "This way! They're up--"
  • The words were cut short as Billy banged his hand over the
  • speaker's mouth. But the thing was done.
  • "On top de roof," cried a voice. "Dey've beaten it for de roof."
  • The chair rasped over the floor. Feet shuffled. And then, like a
  • jack-in-the-box, there popped through the opening a head and
  • shoulders.
  • CHAPTER XXI
  • THE BATTLE OF PLEASANT STREET
  • The new arrival was a young man with a shock of red hair, an
  • ingrowing Roman nose, and a mouth from which force or the passage
  • of time had removed three front teeth. He held on to the edges of
  • the trap with his hands, and stared in a glassy manner into
  • Psmith's face, which was within a foot of his own.
  • There was a momentary pause, broken by an oath from Mr. Gooch, who
  • was still undergoing treatment in the background.
  • "Aha!" said Psmith genially. "Historic picture. 'Doctor Cook
  • discovers the North Pole.'"
  • The red-headed young man blinked. The strong light of the open air
  • was trying to his eyes.
  • "Youse had better come down," he observed coldly. "We've got
  • youse."
  • "And," continued Psmith, unmoved, "is instantly handed a gum-drop
  • by his faithful Esquimaux."
  • As he spoke, he brought the stick down on the knuckles which
  • disfigured the edges of the trap. The intruder uttered a howl and
  • dropped out of sight. In the room below there were whisperings and
  • mutterings, growing gradually louder till something resembling
  • coherent conversation came to Psmith's ears, as he knelt by the
  • trap making meditative billiard-shots with the stick at a small
  • pebble.
  • "Aw g'wan! Don't be a quitter!"
  • "Who's a quitter?"
  • "Youse is a quitter. Get on top de roof. He can't hoit youse."
  • "De guy's gotten a big stick." Psmith nodded appreciatively. "I
  • and Roosevelt," he murmured.
  • A somewhat baffled silence on the part of the attacking force was
  • followed by further conversation.
  • "Gum! some guy's got to go up." Murmur of assent from the audience.
  • A voice, in inspired tones: "Let Sam do it!"
  • This suggestion made a hit. There was no doubt about that. It was a
  • success from the start. Quite a little chorus of voices expressed
  • sincere approval of the very happy solution to what had seemed an
  • insoluble problem. Psmith, listening from above, failed to detect
  • in the choir of glad voices one that might belong to Sam himself.
  • Probably gratification had rendered the chosen one dumb.
  • "Yes, let Sam do it!" cried the unseen chorus. The first speaker,
  • unnecessarily, perhaps--for the motion had been carried almost
  • unanimously--but possibly with the idea of convincing the one
  • member of the party in whose bosom doubts might conceivably be
  • harboured, went on to adduce reasons.
  • "Sam bein' a coon," he argued, "ain't goin' to git hoit by no
  • stick. Youse can't hoit a coon by soakin' him on de coco, can you,
  • Sam?"
  • Psmith waited with some interest for the reply, but it did not
  • come. Possibly Sam did not wish to generalise on insufficient
  • experience.
  • "_Solvitur ambulando_," said Psmith softly, turning the stick round
  • in his fingers. "Comrade Windsor!"
  • "Hullo?"
  • "Is it possible to hurt a coloured gentleman by hitting him on the
  • head with a stick?"
  • "If you hit him hard enough."
  • "I knew there was some way out of the difficulty," said Psmith with
  • satisfaction. "How are you getting on up at your end of the table,
  • Comrade Windsor?"
  • "Fine."
  • "Any result yet?"
  • "Not at present."
  • "Don't give up."
  • "Not me."
  • "The right spirit, Comrade Win--"
  • A report like a cannon in the room below interrupted him. It was
  • merely a revolver shot, but in the confined space it was deafening.
  • The bullet sang up into the sky.
  • "Never hit me!" said Psmith with dignified triumph.
  • The noise was succeeded by a shuffling of feet. Psmith grasped his
  • stick more firmly. This was evidently the real attack. The revolver
  • shot had been a mere demonstration of artillery to cover the
  • infantry's advance.
  • Sure enough, the next moment a woolly head popped through the
  • opening, and a pair of rolling eyes gleamed up at the old Etonian.
  • "Why, Sam!" said Psmith cordially, "this is well met! I remember
  • _you_. Yes, indeed, I do. Wasn't you the feller with the open
  • umbereller that I met one rainy morning on the Av-en-ue? What, are
  • you coming up? Sam, I hate to do it, but--"
  • A yell rang out.
  • "What was that?" asked Billy Windsor over his shoulder.
  • "Your statement, Comrade Windsor, has been tested and proved
  • correct."
  • By this time the affair had begun to draw a "gate." The noise of
  • the revolver had proved a fine advertisement. The roof of the house
  • next door began to fill up. Only a few of the occupants could get a
  • clear view of the proceedings, for a large chimney-stack
  • intervened. There was considerable speculation as to what was
  • passing between Billy Windsor and Mr. Gooch. Psmith's share in the
  • entertainment was more obvious. The early comers had seen his
  • interview with Sam, and were relating it with gusto to their
  • friends. Their attitude towards Psmith was that of a group of men
  • watching a terrier at a rat-hole. They looked to him to provide
  • entertainment for them, but they realised that the first move must
  • be with the attackers. They were fair-minded men, and they did not
  • expect Psmith to make any aggressive move.
  • Their indignation, when the proceedings began to grow slow, was
  • directed entirely at the dilatory Three Pointers. With an aggrieved
  • air, akin to that of a crowd at a cricket match when batsmen are
  • playing for a draw, they began to "barrack." They hooted the Three
  • Pointers. They begged them to go home and tuck themselves up in
  • bed. The men on the roof were mostly Irishmen, and it offended them
  • to see what should have been a spirited fight so grossly bungled.
  • "G'wan away home, ye quitters!" roared one.
  • "Call yersilves the Three Points, do ye? An' would ye know what
  • _I_ call ye? The Young Ladies' Seminary!" bellowed another with
  • withering scorn.
  • A third member of the audience alluded to them as "stiffs."
  • "I fear, Comrade Windsor," said Psmith, "that our blithe friends
  • below are beginning to grow a little unpopular with the
  • many-headed. They must be up and doing if they wish to retain the
  • esteem of Pleasant Street. Aha!"
  • Another and a longer explosion from below, and more bullets wasted
  • themselves on air. Psmith sighed.
  • "They make me tired," he said. "This is no time for a _feu de joie_.
  • Action! That is the cry. Action! Get busy, you blighters!"
  • The Irish neighbours expressed the same sentiment in different and
  • more forcible words. There was no doubt about it--as warriors, the
  • Three Pointers had failed to give satisfaction.
  • A voice from the room called up to Psmith.
  • "Say!"
  • "You have our ear," said Psmith.
  • "What's that?"
  • "I said you had our ear."
  • "Are youse stiffs comin' down off out of dat roof?"
  • "Would you mind repeating that remark?"
  • "Are youse guys goin' to quit off out of dat roof?"
  • "Your grammar is perfectly beastly," said Psmith severely.
  • "Hey!"
  • "Well?"
  • "Are youse guys--?"
  • "No, my lad," said Psmith, "since you ask, we are not. And why?
  • Because the air up here is refreshing, the view pleasant, and we
  • are expecting at any moment an important communication from Comrade
  • Gooch."
  • "We're goin' to wait here till youse come down."
  • "If you wish it," said Psmith courteously, "by all means do. Who am
  • I that I should dictate your movements? The most I aspire to is to
  • check them when they take an upward direction."
  • There was silence below. The time began to pass slowly. The
  • Irishmen on the other roof, now definitely abandoning hope of
  • further entertainment, proceeded with hoots of scorn to climb down
  • one by one into the recesses of their own house.
  • Suddenly from the street far below there came a fusillade of shots
  • and a babel of shouts and counter-shouts. The roof of the house
  • next door, which had been emptying itself slowly and reluctantly,
  • filled again with a magical swiftness, and the low wall facing into
  • the street became black with the backs of those craning over.
  • "What's that?" inquired Billy.
  • "I rather fancy," said Psmith, "that our allies of the Table Hill
  • contingent must have arrived. I sent Comrade Maloney to explain
  • matters to Dude Dawson, and it seems as if that golden-hearted
  • sportsman had responded. There appear to be great doings in the
  • street."
  • In the room below confusion had arisen. A scout, clattering
  • upstairs, had brought the news of the Table Hillites' advent, and
  • there was doubt as to the proper course to pursue. Certain voices
  • urged going down to help the main body. Others pointed out that
  • that would mean abandoning the siege of the roof. The scout who had
  • brought the news was eloquent in favour of the first course.
  • "Gum!" he cried, "don't I keep tellin' youse dat de Table Hills is
  • here? Sure, dere's a whole bunch of dem, and unless youse come on
  • down dey'll bite de hull head off of us lot. Leave those stiffs on
  • de roof. Let Sam wait here with his canister, and den dey can't get
  • down, 'cos Sam'll pump dem full of lead while dey're beatin' it
  • t'roo de trap-door. Sure."
  • Psmith nodded reflectively.
  • "There is certainly something in what the bright boy says," he
  • murmured. "It seems to me the grand rescue scene in the third act
  • has sprung a leak. This will want thinking over."
  • In the street the disturbance had now become terrific. Both sides
  • were hard at it, and the Irishmen on the roof, rewarded at last for
  • their long vigil, were yelling encouragement promiscuously and
  • whooping with the unfettered ecstasy of men who are getting the
  • treat of their lives without having paid a penny for it.
  • The behaviour of the New York policeman in affairs of this kind is
  • based on principles of the soundest practical wisdom. The
  • unthinking man would rush in and attempt to crush the combat in its
  • earliest and fiercest stages. The New York policeman, knowing the
  • importance of his own safety, and the insignificance of the
  • gangsman's, permits the opposing forces to hammer each other into a
  • certain distaste for battle, and then, when both sides have begun
  • to have enough of it, rushes in himself and clubs everything in
  • sight. It is an admirable process in its results, but it is sure
  • rather than swift.
  • Proceedings in the affair below had not yet reached the police
  • interference stage. The noise, what with the shots and yells from
  • the street and the ear-piercing approval of the roof-audience, was
  • just working up to a climax.
  • Psmith rose. He was tired of kneeling by the trap, and there was no
  • likelihood of Sam making another attempt to climb through. He
  • walked towards Billy.
  • As he did so, Billy got up and turned to him. His eyes were
  • gleaming with excitement. His whole attitude was triumphant. In his
  • hand he waved a strip of paper.
  • "I've got it," he cried.
  • "Excellent, Comrade Windsor," said Psmith. "Surely we must win
  • through now. All we have to do is to get off this roof, and fate
  • cannot touch us. Are two mammoth minds such as ours unequal to such
  • a feat? It can hardly be. Let us ponder."
  • "Why not go down through the trap? They've all gone to the street."
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "All," he replied, "save Sam. Sam was the subject of my late
  • successful experiment, when I proved that coloured gentlemen's
  • heads could be hurt with a stick. He is now waiting below, armed
  • with a pistol, ready--even anxious--to pick us off as we climb
  • through the trap. How would it be to drop Comrade Gooch through
  • first, and so draw his fire? Comrade Gooch, I am sure, would be
  • delighted to do a little thing like that for old friends of our
  • standing or--but what's that!"
  • "What's the matter?"
  • "Is that a ladder that I see before me, its handle to my hand? It
  • is! Comrade Windsor, we win through. _Cosy Moments_' editorial staff
  • may be tree'd, but it cannot be put out of business. Comrade
  • Windsor, take the other end of that ladder and follow me."
  • The ladder was lying against the farther wall. It was long, more
  • than long enough for the purpose for which it was needed. Psmith
  • and Billy rested it on the coping, and pushed it till the other end
  • reached across the gulf to the roof of the house next door, Mr.
  • Gooch eyeing them in silence the while.
  • Psmith turned to him.
  • "Comrade Gooch," he said, "do nothing to apprise our friend Sam of
  • these proceedings. I speak in your best interests. Sam is in no
  • mood to make nice distinctions between friend and foe. If you
  • bring him up here, he will probably mistake you for a member of the
  • staff of _Cosy Moments_, and loose off in your direction without
  • waiting for explanations. I think you had better come with us. I
  • will go first, Comrade Windsor, so that if the ladder breaks, the
  • paper will lose merely a sub-editor, not an editor."
  • He went down on all-fours, and in this attitude wormed his way
  • across to the opposite roof, whose occupants, engrossed in the
  • fight in the street, in which the police had now joined, had their
  • backs turned and did not observe him. Mr. Gooch, pallid and
  • obviously ill-attuned to such feats, followed him; and finally
  • Billy Windsor reached the other side.
  • "Neat," said Psmith complacently. "Uncommonly neat. Comrade Gooch
  • reminded me of the untamed chamois of the Alps, leaping from crag
  • to crag."
  • In the street there was now comparative silence. The police, with
  • their clubs, had knocked the last remnant of fight out of the
  • combatants. Shooting had definitely ceased.
  • "I think," said Psmith, "that we might now descend. If you have no
  • other engagements, Comrade Windsor, I will take you to the
  • Knickerbocker, and buy you a square meal. I would ask for the
  • pleasure of your company also, Comrade Gooch, were it not that
  • matters of private moment, relating to the policy of the paper,
  • must be discussed at the table. Some other day, perhaps. We are
  • infinitely obliged to you for your sympathetic co-operation in this
  • little matter. And now good-bye. Comrade Windsor, let us debouch."
  • CHAPTER XXII
  • CONCERNING MR. WARING
  • Psmith pushed back his chair slightly, stretched out his legs, and
  • lit a cigarette. The resources of the Knickerbocker Hotel had
  • proved equal to supplying the fatigued staff of _Cosy Moments_ with
  • an excellent dinner, and Psmith had stoutly declined to talk
  • business until the coffee arrived. This had been hard on Billy,
  • who was bursting with his news. Beyond a hint that it was
  • sensational he had not been permitted to go.
  • "More bright young careers than I care to think of," said Psmith,
  • "have been ruined by the fatal practice of talking shop at dinner.
  • But now that we are through, Comrade Windsor, by all means let us
  • have it. What's the name which Comrade Gooch so eagerly divulged?"
  • Billy leaned forward excitedly.
  • "Stewart Waring," he whispered.
  • "Stewart who?" asked Psmith.
  • Billy stared.
  • "Great Scott, man!" he said, "haven't you heard of Stewart Waring?"
  • "The name seems vaguely familiar, like Isinglass or Post-toasties.
  • I seem to know it, but it conveys nothing to me."
  • "Don't you ever read the papers?"
  • "I toy with my _American_ of a morning, but my interest is confined
  • mainly to the sporting page which reminds me that Comrade Brady has
  • been matched against one Eddie Wood a month from to-day. Gratifying
  • as it is to find one of the staff getting on in life, I fear this
  • will cause us a certain amount of inconvenience. Comrade Brady
  • will have to leave the office temporarily in order to go into
  • training, and what shall we do then for a fighting editor? However,
  • possibly we may not need one now. _Cosy Moments_ should be able
  • shortly to give its message to the world and ease up for a while.
  • Which brings us back to the point. Who is Stewart Waring?"
  • "Stewart Waring is running for City Alderman. He's one of the
  • biggest men in New York!"
  • "Do you mean in girth? If so, he seems to have selected the right
  • career for himself."
  • "He's one of the bosses. He used to be Commissioner of Buildings
  • for the city."
  • "Commissioner of Buildings? What exactly did that let him in for?"
  • "It let him in for a lot of graft."
  • "How was that?"
  • "Oh, he took it off the contractors. Shut his eyes and held out his
  • hands when they ran up rotten buildings that a strong breeze would
  • have knocked down, and places like that Pleasant Street hole
  • without any ventilation."
  • "Why did he throw up the job?" inquired Psmith. "It seems to me
  • that it was among the World's Softest. Certain drawbacks to it,
  • perhaps, to the man with the Hair-Trigger Conscience; but I gather
  • that Comrade Waring did not line up in that class. What was his
  • trouble?"
  • "His trouble," said Billy, "was that he stood in with a contractor
  • who was putting up a music-hall, and the contractor put it up with
  • material about as strong as a heap of meringues, and it collapsed
  • on the third night and killed half the audience."
  • "And then?"
  • "The papers raised a howl, and they got after the contractor, and
  • the contractor gave Waring away. It killed him for the time being."
  • "I should have thought it would have had that excellent result
  • permanently," said Psmith thoughtfully. "Do you mean to say he got
  • back again after that?"
  • "He had to quit being Commissioner, of course, and leave the town
  • for a time; but affairs move so fast here that a thing like that
  • blows over. He made a bit of a pile out of the job, and could
  • afford to lie low for a year or two."
  • "How long ago was that?"
  • "Five years. People don't remember a thing here that happened five
  • years back unless they're reminded of it."
  • Psmith lit another cigarette.
  • "We will remind them," he said.
  • Billy nodded.
  • "Of course," he said, "one or two of the papers against him in this
  • Aldermanic Election business tried to bring the thing up, but they
  • didn't cut any ice. The other papers said it was a shame, hounding
  • a man who was sorry for the past and who was trying to make good
  • now; so they dropped it. Everybody thought that Waring was on the
  • level now. He's been shooting off a lot of hot air lately about
  • philanthropy and so on. Not that he has actually done a thing--not
  • so much as given a supper to a dozen news-boys; but he's talked,
  • and talk gets over if you keep it up long enough."
  • Psmith nodded adhesion to this dictum.
  • "So that naturally he wants to keep it dark about these tenements.
  • It'll smash him at the election when it gets known."
  • "Why is he so set on becoming an Alderman," inquired Psmith.
  • "There's a lot of graft to being an Alderman," explained Billy.
  • "I see. No wonder the poor gentleman was so energetic in his
  • methods. What is our move now, Comrade Windsor?"
  • Billy stared.
  • "Why, publish the name, of course."
  • "But before then? How are we going to ensure the safety of our
  • evidence? We stand or fall entirely by that slip of paper, because
  • we've got the beggar's name in the writing of his own collector,
  • and that's proof positive."
  • "That's all right," said Billy, patting his breast-pocket.
  • "Nobody's going to get it from me."
  • Psmith dipped his hand into his trouser-pocket.
  • "Comrade Windsor," he said, producing a piece of paper, "how do we
  • go?"
  • He leaned back in his chair, surveying Billy blandly through his
  • eye-glass. Billy's eyes were goggling. He looked from Psmith to the
  • paper and from the paper to Psmith.
  • "What--what the--?" he stammered. "Why, it's it!"
  • Psmith nodded.
  • "How on earth did you get it?"
  • Psmith knocked the ash off his cigarette.
  • "Comrade Windsor," he said, "I do not wish to cavil or carp or rub
  • it in in any way. I will merely remark that you pretty nearly
  • landed us in the soup, and pass on to more congenial topics.
  • Didn't you know we were followed to this place?"
  • "Followed!"
  • "By a merchant in what Comrade Maloney would call a tall-shaped hat.
  • I spotted him at an early date, somewhere down by Twenty-ninth
  • Street. When we dived into Sixth Avenue for a space at Thirty-third
  • Street, did he dive, too? He did. And when we turned into
  • Forty-second Street, there he was. I tell you, Comrade Windsor,
  • leeches were aloof, and burrs non-adhesive compared with that
  • tall-shaped-hatted blighter."
  • "Yes?"
  • "Do you remember, as you came to the entrance of this place,
  • somebody knocking against you?"
  • "Yes, there was a pretty big crush in the entrance."
  • "There was; but not so big as all that. There was plenty of room
  • for this merchant to pass if he had wished. Instead of which he
  • butted into you. I happened to be waiting for just that, so I
  • managed to attach myself to his wrist with some vim and give it a
  • fairly hefty wrench. The paper was inside his hand."
  • Billy was leaning forward with a pale face.
  • "Jove!" he muttered.
  • "That about sums it up," said Psmith.
  • Billy snatched the paper from the table and extended it towards
  • him.
  • "Here," he said feverishly, "you take it. Gum, I never thought I
  • was such a mutt! I'm not fit to take charge of a toothpick. Fancy
  • me not being on the watch for something of that sort. I guess I was
  • so tickled with myself at the thought of having got the thing, that
  • it never struck me they might try for it. But I'm through. No more
  • for me. You're the man in charge now."
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "These stately compliments," he said, "do my old heart good, but I
  • fancy I know a better plan. It happened that I chanced to have my
  • eye on the blighter in the tall-shaped hat, and so was enabled to
  • land him among the ribstones; but who knows but that in the crowd
  • on Broadway there may not lurk other, unidentified blighters in
  • equally tall-shaped hats, one of whom may work the same
  • sleight-of-hand speciality on me? It was not that you were not
  • capable of taking care of that paper: it was simply that you didn't
  • happen to spot the man. Now observe me closely, for what follows is
  • an exhibition of Brain."
  • He paid the bill, and they went out into the entrance-hall of the
  • hotel. Psmith, sitting down at a table, placed the paper in an
  • envelope and addressed it to himself at the address of _Cosy
  • Moments_. After which, he stamped the envelope and dropped it into
  • the letter-box at the back of the hall.
  • "And now, Comrade Windsor," he said, "let us stroll gently
  • homewards down the Great White Way. What matter though it be fairly
  • stiff with low-browed bravoes in tall-shaped hats? They cannot harm
  • us. From me, if they search me thoroughly, they may scoop a matter
  • of eleven dollars, a watch, two stamps, and a packet of
  • chewing-gum. Whether they would do any better with you I do not
  • know. At any rate, they wouldn't get that paper; and that's the
  • main thing."
  • "You're a genius," said Billy Windsor.
  • "You think so?" said Psmith diffidently. "Well, well, perhaps you
  • are right, perhaps you are right. Did you notice the hired ruffian
  • in the flannel suit who just passed? He wore a baffled look, I
  • fancy. And hark! Wasn't that a muttered 'Failed!' I heard? Or was
  • it the breeze moaning in the tree-tops? To-night is a cold,
  • disappointing night for Hired Ruffians, Comrade Windsor."
  • CHAPTER XXIII
  • REDUCTIONS IN THE STAFF
  • The first member of the staff of _Cosy Moments_ to arrive at the
  • office on the following morning was Master Maloney. This sounds
  • like the beginning of a "Plod and Punctuality," or "How Great
  • Fortunes have been Made" story; but, as a matter of fact, Master
  • Maloney was no early bird. Larks who rose in his neighbourhood,
  • rose alone. He did not get up with them. He was supposed to be at
  • the office at nine o'clock. It was a point of honour with him, a
  • sort of daily declaration of independence, never to put in an
  • appearance before nine-thirty. On this particular morning he was
  • punctual to the minute, or half an hour late, whichever way you
  • choose to look at it.
  • He had only whistled a few bars of "My Little Irish Rose," and had
  • barely got into the first page of his story of life on the prairie
  • when Kid Brady appeared. The Kid, as was his habit when not in
  • training, was smoking a big black cigar. Master Maloney eyed him
  • admiringly. The Kid, unknown to that gentleman himself, was Pugsy's
  • ideal. He came from the Plains; and had, indeed, once actually been
  • a cowboy; he was a coming champion; and he could smoke black
  • cigars. It was, therefore, without his usual well-what-is-it-now?
  • air that Pugsy laid down his book, and prepared to converse.
  • "Say, Mr. Smith or Mr. Windsor about, Pugsy?" asked the Kid.
  • "Naw, Mr. Brady, they ain't came yet," replied Master Maloney
  • respectfully.
  • "Late, ain't they?"
  • "Sure. Mr. Windsor generally blows in before I do."
  • "Wonder what's keepin' them."
  • "P'raps, dey've bin put out of business," suggested Pugsy
  • nonchalantly.
  • "How's that?"
  • Pugsy related the events of the previous day, relaxing something of
  • his austere calm as he did so. When he came to the part where the
  • Table Hill allies swooped down on the unsuspecting Three Pointers,
  • he was almost animated.
  • "Say," said the Kid approvingly, "that Smith guy's got more grey
  • matter under his thatch than you'd think to look at him. I--"
  • "Comrade Brady," said a voice in the doorway, "you do me proud."
  • "Why, say," said the Kid, turning, "I guess the laugh's on me. I
  • didn't see you, Mr. Smith. Pugsy's been tellin' me how you sent him
  • for the Table Hills yesterday. That was cute. It was mighty smart.
  • But say, those guys are goin' some, ain't they now! Seems as if
  • they was dead set on puttin' you out of business."
  • "Their manner yesterday, Comrade Brady, certainly suggested the
  • presence of some sketchy outline of such an ideal in their minds.
  • One Sam, in particular, an ebony-hued sportsman, threw himself into
  • the task with great vim. I rather fancy he is waiting for us with
  • his revolver to this moment. But why worry? Here we are, safe and
  • sound, and Comrade Windsor may be expected to arrive at any moment.
  • I see, Comrade Brady, that you have been matched against one Eddie
  • Wood."
  • "It's about that I wanted to see you, Mr. Smith. Say, now that
  • things have been and brushed up so, what with these gang guys
  • layin' for you the way they're doin', I guess you'll be needin' me
  • around here. Isn't that right? Say the word and I'll call off this
  • Eddie Wood fight."
  • "Comrade Brady," said Psmith with some enthusiasm, "I call that a
  • sporting offer. I'm very much obliged. But we mustn't stand in your
  • way. If you eliminate this Comrade Wood, they will have to give you
  • a chance against Jimmy Garvin, won't they?"
  • "I guess that's right, sir," said the Kid. "Eddie stayed nineteen
  • rounds against Jimmy, and if I can put him away, it gets me into
  • line with Jimmy, and he can't side-step me."
  • "Then go in and win, Comrade Brady. We shall miss you. It will be
  • as if a ray of sunshine had been removed from the office. But you
  • mustn't throw a chance away. We shall be all right, I think."
  • "I'll train at White Plains," said the Kid. "That ain't far from
  • here, so I'll be pretty near in case I'm wanted. Hullo, who's
  • here?"
  • He pointed to the door. A small boy was standing there, holding a
  • note.
  • "Mr. Smith?"
  • "Sir to you," said Psmith courteously.
  • "P. Smith?"
  • "The same. This is your lucky day."
  • "Cop at Jefferson Market give me dis to take to youse."
  • "A cop in Jefferson Market?" repeated Psmith. "I did not know I
  • had friends among the constabulary there. Why, it's from Comrade
  • Windsor." He opened the envelope and read the letter. "Thanks," he
  • said, giving the boy a quarter-dollar.
  • It was apparent the Kid was politely endeavouring to veil his
  • curiosity. Master Maloney had no such scruples.
  • "What's in de letter, boss?" he inquired.
  • "The letter, Comrade Maloney, is from our Mr. Windsor, and relates
  • in terse language the following facts, that our editor last night
  • hit a policeman in the eye, and that he was sentenced this morning
  • to thirty days on Blackwell's Island."
  • "He's de guy!" admitted Master Maloney approvingly.
  • "What's that?" said the Kid. "Mr. Windsor bin punchin' cops! What's
  • he bin doin' that for?"
  • "He gives no clue. I must go and find out. Could you help Comrade
  • Maloney mind the shop for a few moments while I push round to
  • Jefferson Market and make inquiries?"
  • "Sure. But say, fancy Mr. Windsor cuttin' loose that way!" said the
  • Kid admiringly.
  • The Jefferson Market Police Court is a little way down town, near
  • Washington Square. It did not take Psmith long to reach it, and by
  • the judicious expenditure of a few dollars he was enabled to obtain
  • an interview with Billy in a back room.
  • The chief editor of _Cosy Moments_ was seated on a bench, looking
  • upon the world through a pair of much blackened eyes. His general
  • appearance was dishevelled. He had the air of a man who has been
  • caught in the machinery.
  • "Hullo, Smith," he said. "You got my note all right then?"
  • Psmith looked at him, concerned.
  • "Comrade Windsor," he said, "what on earth has been happening to
  • you?"
  • "Oh, that's all right," said Billy. "That's nothing."
  • "Nothing! You look as if you had been run over by a motor-car."
  • "The cops did that," said Billy, without any apparent resentment.
  • "They always turn nasty if you put up a fight. I was a fool to do
  • it, I suppose, but I got so mad. They knew perfectly well that I
  • had nothing to do with any pool-room downstairs."
  • Psmith's eye-glass dropped from his eye.
  • "Pool-room, Comrade Windsor?"
  • "Yes. The house where I live was raided late last night. It seems
  • that some gamblers have been running a pool-room on the ground
  • floor. Why the cops should have thought I had anything to do with
  • it, when I was sleeping peacefully upstairs, is more than I can
  • understand. Anyway, at about three in the morning there was the
  • dickens of a banging at my door. I got up to see what was doing,
  • and found a couple of Policemen there. They told me to come along
  • with them to the station. I asked what on earth for. I might have
  • known it was no use arguing with a New York cop. They said they had
  • been tipped off that there was a pool-room being run in the house,
  • and that they were cleaning up the house, and if I wanted to say
  • anything I'd better say it to the magistrate. I said, all right,
  • I'd put on some clothes and come with them. They said they couldn't
  • wait about while I put on clothes. I said I wasn't going to travel
  • about New York in pyjamas, and started to get into my shirt. One of
  • them gave me a shove in the ribs with his night-stick, and told me
  • to come along quick. And that made me so mad I hit out." A chuckle
  • escaped Billy. "He wasn't expecting it, and I got him fair. He went
  • down over the bookcase. The other cop took a swipe at me with his
  • club, but by that time I was so mad I'd have taken on Jim Jeffries,
  • if he had shown up and got in my way. I just sailed in, and was
  • beginning to make the man think that he had stumbled on Stanley
  • Ketchel or Kid Brady or a dynamite explosion by mistake, when the
  • other fellow loosed himself from the bookcase, and they started in
  • on me together, and there was a general rough house, in the middle
  • of which somebody seemed to let off about fifty thousand dollars'
  • worth of fireworks all in a bunch; and I didn't remember anything
  • more till I found myself in a cell, pretty nearly knocked to
  • pieces. That's my little life-history. I guess I was a fool to cut
  • loose that way, but I was so mad I didn't stop to think."
  • Psmith sighed.
  • "You have told me your painful story," he said. "Now hear mine.
  • After parting with you last night, I went meditatively back to my
  • Fourth Avenue address, and, with a courtly good night to the large
  • policeman who, as I have mentioned in previous conversations, is
  • stationed almost at my very door, I passed on into my room, and had
  • soon sunk into a dreamless slumber. At about three o'clock in the
  • morning I was aroused by a somewhat hefty banging on the door."
  • "What!"
  • "A banging at the door," repeated Psmith. "There, standing on the
  • mat, were three policemen. From their remarks I gathered that
  • certain bright spirits had been running a gambling establishment in
  • the lower regions of the building--where, I think I told you, there
  • is a saloon--and the Law was now about to clean up the place. Very
  • cordially the honest fellows invited me to go with them. A
  • conveyance, it seemed, waited in the street without. I pointed out,
  • even as you appear to have done, that sea-green pyjamas with old
  • rose frogs were not the costume in which a Shropshire Psmith should
  • be seen abroad in one of the world's greatest cities; but they
  • assured me--more by their manner than their words--that my
  • misgivings were out of place, so I yielded. These men, I told
  • myself, have lived longer in New York than I. They know what is
  • done and what is not done. I will bow to their views. So I went
  • with them, and after a very pleasant and cosy little ride in the
  • patrol waggon, arrived at the police station. This morning I
  • chatted a while with the courteous magistrate, convinced him by
  • means of arguments and by silent evidence of my open, honest face
  • and unwavering eye that I was not a professional gambler, and came
  • away without a stain on my character."
  • Billy Windsor listened to this narrative with growing interest.
  • "Gum! it's them!" he cried.
  • "As Comrade Maloney would say," said Psmith, "meaning what,
  • Comrade Windsor?"
  • "Why, the fellows who are after that paper. They tipped the police
  • off about the pool-rooms, knowing that we should be hauled off
  • without having time to take anything with us. I'll bet anything you
  • like they have been in and searched our rooms by now."
  • "As regards yours, Comrade Windsor, I cannot say. But it is an
  • undoubted fact that mine, which I revisited before going to the
  • office, in order to correct what seemed to me even on reflection
  • certain drawbacks to my costume, looks as if two cyclones and a
  • threshing machine had passed through it."
  • "They've searched it?"
  • "With a fine-toothed comb. Not one of my objects of vertu but has
  • been displaced."
  • Billy Windsor slapped his knee.
  • "It was lucky you thought of sending that paper by post," he said.
  • "We should have been done if you hadn't. But, say," he went on
  • miserably, "this is awful. Things are just warming up for the final
  • burst, and I'm out of it all."
  • "For thirty days," sighed Psmith. "What _Cosy Moments_ really needs
  • is a _sitz-redacteur_."
  • "A what?"
  • "A _sitz-redacteur_, Comrade Windsor, is a gentleman employed by
  • German newspapers with a taste for _lèse majesté_ to go to prison
  • whenever required in place of the real editor. The real editor
  • hints in his bright and snappy editorial, for instance, that the
  • Kaiser's moustache reminds him of a bad dream. The police force
  • swoops down en masse on the office of the journal, and are met by
  • the _sitz-redacteur_, who goes with them peaceably, allowing the
  • editor to remain and sketch out plans for his next week's article
  • on the Crown Prince. We need a _sitz-redacteur_ on _Cosy Moments_
  • almost as much as a fighting editor; and we have neither."
  • "The Kid has had to leave then?"
  • "He wants to go into training at once. He very sportingly offered
  • to cancel his match, but of course that would never do. Unless you
  • consider Comrade Maloney equal to the job, I must look around me
  • for some one else. I shall be too fully occupied with purely
  • literary matters to be able to deal with chance callers. But I have
  • a scheme."
  • "What's that?"
  • "It seems to me that we are allowing much excellent material to lie
  • unused in the shape of Comrade Jarvis."
  • "Bat Jarvis."
  • "The same. The cat-specialist to whom you endeared yourself
  • somewhat earlier in the proceedings by befriending one of his
  • wandering animals. Little deeds of kindness, little acts of love,
  • as you have doubtless heard, help, etc. Should we not give Comrade
  • Jarvis an opportunity of proving the correctness of this statement?
  • I think so. Shortly after you--if you will forgive me for touching
  • on a painful subject--have been haled to your dungeon, I will push
  • round to Comrade Jarvis's address, and sound him on the subject.
  • Unfortunately, his affection is confined, I fancy, to you. Whether
  • he will consent to put himself out on my behalf remains to be seen.
  • However, there is no harm in trying. If nothing else comes of the
  • visit, I shall at least have had the opportunity of chatting with
  • one of our most prominent citizens."
  • A policeman appeared at the door.
  • "Say, pal," he remarked to Psmith, "you'll have to be fading away
  • soon, I guess. Give you three minutes more. Say it quick."
  • He retired. Billy leaned forward to Psmith.
  • "I guess they won't give me much chance," he whispered, "but if you
  • see me around in the next day or two, don't be surprised."
  • "I fail to follow you, Comrade Windsor."
  • "Men have escaped from Blackwell's Island before now. Not many,
  • it's true; but it has been done."
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "I shouldn't," he said. "They're bound to catch you, and then you
  • will be immersed in the soup beyond hope of recovery. I shouldn't
  • wonder if they put you in your little cell for a year or so."
  • "I don't care," said Billy stoutly. "I'd give a year later on to be
  • round and about now."
  • "I shouldn't," urged Psmith. "All will be well with the paper. You
  • have left a good man at the helm."
  • "I guess I shan't get a chance, but I'll try it if I do."
  • The door opened and the policeman reappeared.
  • "Time's up, I reckon."
  • "Well, good-bye, Comrade Windsor," said Psmith regretfully.
  • "Abstain from undue worrying. It's a walk-over from now on, and
  • there's no earthly need for you to be around the office. Once, I
  • admit, this could not have been said. But now things have
  • simplified themselves. Have no fear. This act is going to be a
  • scream from start to finish."
  • CHAPTER XXIV
  • A GATHERING OF CAT-SPECIALISTS
  • Master Maloney raised his eyes for a moment from his book as Psmith
  • re-entered the office.
  • "Dere's a guy in dere waitin' ter see youse," he said briefly,
  • jerking his head in the direction of the inner room.
  • "A guy waiting to see me, Comrade Maloney? With or without a
  • sand-bag?"
  • "Says his name's Jackson," said Master Maloney, turning a page.
  • Psmith moved quickly to the door of the inner room.
  • "Why, Comrade Jackson," he said, with the air of a father welcoming
  • home the prodigal son, "this is the maddest, merriest day of all
  • the glad New Year. Where did you come from?"
  • Mike, looking very brown and in excellent condition, put down the
  • paper he was reading.
  • "Hullo, Psmith," he said. "I got back this morning. We're playing a
  • game over in Brooklyn to-morrow."
  • "No engagements of any importance to-day?"
  • "Not a thing. Why?"
  • "Because I propose to take you to visit Comrade Jarvis, whom you
  • will doubtless remember."
  • "Jarvis?" said Mike, puzzled. "I don't remember any Jarvis."
  • "Let your mind wander back a little through the jungle of the past.
  • Do you recollect paying a visit to Comrade Windsor's room--"
  • "By the way, where is Windsor?"
  • "In prison. Well, on that evening--"
  • "In prison?"
  • "For thirty days. For slugging a policeman. More of this, however,
  • anon. Let us return to that evening. Don't you remember a certain
  • gentleman with just about enough forehead to keep his front hair
  • from getting all tangled up with his eye-brows?"
  • "Oh, the cat chap? _I_ know."
  • "As you very justly observe, Comrade Jackson, the cat chap. For
  • going straight to the mark and seizing on the salient point of a
  • situation, I know of no one who can last two minutes against you.
  • Comrade Jarvis may have other sides to his character--possibly
  • many--but it is as a cat chap that I wish to approach him to-day."
  • "What's the idea? What are you going to see him for?"
  • "We," corrected Psmith. "I will explain all at a little luncheon at
  • which I trust that you will be my guest. Already, such is the
  • stress of this journalistic life, I hear my tissues crying out
  • imperatively to be restored. An oyster and a glass of milk
  • somewhere round the corner, Comrade Jackson? I think so, I think
  • so."
  • * * *
  • "I was reading _Cosy Moments_ in there," said Mike, as they lunched.
  • "You certainly seem to have bucked it up rather. Kid Brady's
  • reminiscences are hot stuff."
  • "Somewhat sizzling, Comrade Jackson," admitted Psmith. "They have,
  • however, unfortunately cost us a fighting editor."
  • "How's that?"
  • "Such is the boost we have given Comrade Brady, that he is now
  • never without a match. He has had to leave us to-day to go to White
  • Plains to train for an encounter with a certain Mr. Wood, a
  • four-ounce-glove juggler of established fame."
  • "I expect you need a fighting editor, don't you?"
  • "He is indispensable, Comrade Jackson, indispensable."
  • "No rotting. Has anybody cut up rough about the stuff you've
  • printed?"
  • "Cut up rough? Gadzooks! I need merely say that one critical reader
  • put a bullet through my hat--"
  • "Rot! Not really?"
  • "While others kept me tree'd on top of a roof for the space of
  • nearly an hour. Assuredly they have cut up rough, Comrade Jackson."
  • "Great Scott! Tell us."
  • Psmith briefly recounted the adventures of the past few weeks.
  • "But, man," said Mike, when he had finished "why on earth don't you
  • call in the police?"
  • "We have mentioned the matter to certain of the force. They
  • appeared tolerably interested, but showed no tendency to leap
  • excitedly to our assistance. The New York policeman, Comrade
  • Jackson, like all great men, is somewhat peculiar. If you go to a
  • New York policeman and exhibit a black eye, he will examine it and
  • express some admiration for the abilities of the citizen
  • responsible for the same. If you press the matter, he becomes
  • bored, and says, 'Ain't youse satisfied with what youse got?
  • G'wan!' His advice in such cases is good, and should be followed.
  • No; since coming to this city I have developed a habit of taking
  • care of myself, or employing private help. That is why I should
  • like you, if you will, to come with me to call upon Comrade Jarvis.
  • He is a person of considerable influence among that section of the
  • populace which is endeavouring to smash in our occiputs. Indeed, I
  • know of nobody who cuts a greater quantity of ice. If I can only
  • enlist Comrade Jarvis's assistance, all will be well. If you are
  • through with your refreshment, shall we be moving in his direction?
  • By the way, it will probably be necessary in the course of our
  • interview to allude to you as one of our most eminent living
  • cat-fanciers. You do not object? Remember that you have in your
  • English home seventy-four fine cats, mostly Angoras. Are you on to
  • that? Then let us be going. Comrade Maloney has given me the
  • address. It is a goodish step down on the East side. I should like
  • to take a taxi, but it might seem ostentatious. Let us walk."
  • * * *
  • They found Mr. Jarvis in his Groome Street fancier's shop, engaged
  • in the intellectual occupation of greasing a cat's paws with butter.
  • He looked up as they entered, and began to breathe a melody with a
  • certain coyness.
  • "Comrade Jarvis," said Psmith, "we meet again. You remember me?"
  • "Nope," said Mr. Jarvis, pausing for a moment in the middle of a
  • bar, and then taking up the air where he had left off. Psmith was
  • not discouraged.
  • "Ah," he said tolerantly, "the fierce rush of New York life. How it
  • wipes from the retina of to-day the image impressed on it but
  • yesterday. Are you with me, Comrade Jarvis?"
  • The cat-expert concentrated himself on the cat's paws without
  • replying.
  • "A fine animal," said Psmith, adjusting his eyeglass. "To which
  • particular family of the Felis Domestica does that belong? In
  • colour it resembles a Neapolitan ice more than anything."
  • Mr. Jarvis's manner became unfriendly.
  • "Say, what do youse want? That's straight ain't it? If youse want
  • to buy a boid or a snake why don't youse say so?"
  • "I stand corrected," said Psmith. "I should have remembered that
  • time is money. I called in here partly on the strength of being a
  • colleague and side-partner of Comrade Windsor--"
  • "Mr. Windsor! De gent what caught my cat?"
  • "The same--and partly in order that I might make two very eminent
  • cat-fanciers acquainted. This," he said, with a wave of his hand
  • in the direction of the silently protesting Mike, "is Comrade
  • Jackson, possibly the best known of our English cat-fanciers.
  • Comrade Jackson's stud of Angoras is celebrated wherever the King's
  • English is spoken, and in Hoxton."
  • Mr. Jarvis rose, and, having inspected Mike with silent admiration
  • for a while, extended a well-buttered hand towards him. Psmith
  • looked on benevolently.
  • "What Comrade Jackson does not know about cats," he said, "is not
  • knowledge. His information on Angoras alone would fill a volume."
  • "Say,"--Mr. Jarvis was evidently touching on a point which had
  • weighed deeply upon him--"why's catnip called catnip?"
  • Mike looked at Psmith helplessly. It sounded like a riddle, but it
  • was obvious that Mr. Jarvis's motive in putting the question was
  • not frivolous. He really wished to know.
  • "The word, as Comrade Jackson was just about to observe," said
  • Psmith, "is a corruption of cat-mint. Why it should be so corrupted
  • I do not know. But what of that? The subject is too deep to be gone
  • fully into at the moment. I should recommend you to read Comrade
  • Jackson's little brochure on the matter. Passing lightly on from
  • that--"
  • "Did youse ever have a cat dat ate beetles?" inquired Mr. Jarvis.
  • "There was a time when many of Comrade Jackson's felidae supported
  • life almost entirely on beetles."
  • "Did they git thin?"
  • Mike felt that it was time, if he was to preserve his reputation,
  • to assert himself.
  • "No," he replied firmly.
  • Mr. Jarvis looked astonished.
  • "English beetles," said Psmith, "don't make cats thin. Passing
  • lightly--"
  • "I had a cat oncest," said Mr. Jarvis, ignoring the remark and
  • sticking to his point, "dat ate beetles and got thin and used to
  • tie itself into knots."
  • "A versatile animal," agreed Psmith.
  • "Say," Mr. Jarvis went on, now plainly on a subject near to his
  • heart, "dem beetles is fierce. Sure. Can't keep de cats off of
  • eatin' dem, I can't. First t'ing you know dey've swallowed dem, and
  • den dey gits thin and ties theirselves into knots."
  • "You should put them into strait-waistcoats," said Psmith.
  • "Passing, however, lightly--"
  • "Say, ever have a cross-eyed cat?"
  • "Comrade Jackson's cats," said Psmith, "have happily been almost
  • free from strabismus."
  • "Dey's lucky, cross-eyed cats is. You has a cross-eyed cat, and
  • not'in' don't never go wrong. But, say, was dere ever a cat wit
  • one blue eye and one yaller one in your bunch? Gum, it's fierce
  • when it's like dat. It's a real skiddoo, is a cat wit one blue eye
  • and one yaller one. Puts you in bad, surest t'ing you know. Oncest
  • a guy give me a cat like dat, and first t'ing you know I'm in bad
  • all round. It wasn't till I give him away to de cop on de corner
  • and gets me one dat's cross-eyed dat I lifts de skiddoo off of me."
  • "And what happened to the cop?" inquired Psmith, interested.
  • "Oh, he got in bad, sure enough," said Mr. Jarvis without emotion.
  • "One of de boys what he'd pinched and had sent to de Island once
  • lays for him and puts one over him wit a black-jack. Sure. Dat's
  • what comes of havin' a cat wit one blue eye and one yaller one."
  • Mr. Jarvis relapsed into silence. He seemed to be meditating on the
  • inscrutable workings of Fate. Psmith took advantage of the pause
  • to leave the cat topic and touch on matter of more vital import.
  • "Tense and exhilarating as is this discussion of the optical
  • peculiarities of cats," he said, "there is another matter on which,
  • if you will permit me, I should like to touch. I would hesitate to
  • bore you with my own private troubles, but this is a matter which
  • concerns Comrade Windsor as well as myself, and I know that your
  • regard for Comrade Windsor is almost an obsession."
  • "How's that?"
  • "I should say," said Psmith, "that Comrade Windsor is a man to whom
  • you give the glad hand."
  • "Sure. He's to the good, Mr. Windsor is. He caught me cat."
  • "He did. By the way, was that the one that used to tie itself into
  • knots?"
  • "Nope. Dat was anudder."
  • "Ah! However, to resume. The fact is, Comrade Jarvis, we are much
  • persecuted by scoundrels. How sad it is in this world! We look to
  • every side. We look north, east, south, and west, and what do we
  • see? Mainly scoundrels. I fancy you have heard a little about our
  • troubles before this. In fact, I gather that the same scoundrels
  • actually approached you with a view to engaging your services to
  • do us in, but that you very handsomely refused the contract."
  • "Sure," said Mr. Jarvis, dimly comprehending.
  • "A guy comes to me and says he wants you and Mr. Windsor put
  • through it, but I gives him de t'run down. 'Nuttin' done,' I says.
  • 'Mr. Windsor caught me cat.'"
  • "So I was informed," said Psmith. "Well, failing you, they went to
  • a gentleman of the name of Reilly."
  • "Spider Reilly?"
  • "You have hit it, Comrade Jarvis. Spider Reilly, the lessee and
  • manager of the Three Points gang."
  • "Dose T'ree Points, dey're to de bad. Dey're fresh."
  • "It is too true, Comrade Jarvis."
  • "Say," went on Mr. Jarvis, waxing wrathful at the recollection,
  • "what do youse t'ink dem fresh stiffs done de udder night. Started
  • some rough woik in me own dance-joint."
  • "Shamrock Hall?" said Psmith.
  • "Dat's right. Shamrock Hall. Got gay, dey did, wit some of de Table
  • Hillers. Say, I got it in for dem gazebos, sure I have. Surest
  • t'ing you know."
  • Psmith beamed approval.
  • "That," he said, "is the right spirit. Nothing could be more
  • admirable. We are bound together by our common desire to check the
  • ever-growing spirit of freshness among the members of the Three
  • Points. Add to that the fact that we are united by a sympathetic
  • knowledge of the manners and customs of cats, and especially that
  • Comrade Jackson, England's greatest fancier, is our mutual friend,
  • and what more do we want? Nothing."
  • "Mr. Jackson's to de good," assented Mr. Jarvis, eyeing Mike in
  • friendly fashion.
  • "We are all to de good," said Psmith. "Now the thing I wished to
  • ask you is this. The office of the paper on which I work was until
  • this morning securely guarded by Comrade Brady, whose name will be
  • familiar to you."
  • "De Kid?"
  • "On the bull's-eye, as usual, Comrade Jarvis. Kid Brady, the
  • coming light-weight champion of the world. Well, he has
  • unfortunately been compelled to leave us, and the way into the
  • office is consequently clear to any sand-bag specialist who cares
  • to wander in. Matters connected with the paper have become so
  • poignant during the last few days that an inrush of these same
  • specialists is almost a certainty, unless--and this is where you
  • come in."
  • "Me?"
  • "Will you take Comrade Brady's place for a few days?"
  • "How's that?"
  • "Will you come in and sit in the office for the next day or so and
  • help hold the fort? I may mention that there is money attached to
  • the job. We will pay for your services. How do we go, Comrade
  • Jarvis?"
  • Mr. Jarvis reflected but a brief moment.
  • "Why, sure," he said. "Me fer dat. When do I start?"
  • "Excellent, Comrade Jarvis. Nothing could be better. I am obliged.
  • I rather fancy that the gay band of Three Pointers who will
  • undoubtedly visit the offices of _Cosy Moments_ in the next few days,
  • probably to-morrow, are due to run up against the surprise of their
  • lives. Could you be there at ten to-morrow morning?"
  • "Sure t'ing. I'll bring me canister."
  • "I should," said Psmith. "In certain circumstances one canister is
  • worth a flood of rhetoric. Till to-morrow, then, Comrade Jarvis. I
  • am very much obliged to you."
  • * * *
  • "Not at all a bad hour's work," said Psmith complacently, as they
  • turned out of Groome Street. "A vote of thanks to you, Comrade
  • Jackson, for your invaluable assistance."
  • "It strikes me I didn't do much," said Mike with a grin.
  • "Apparently, no. In reality, yes. Your manner was exactly right.
  • Reserved, yet not haughty. Just what an eminent cat-fancier's
  • manner should be. I could see that you made a pronounced hit with
  • Comrade Jarvis. By the way, if you are going to show up at the
  • office to-morrow, perhaps it would be as well if you were to look
  • up a few facts bearing on the feline world. There is no knowing
  • what thirst for information a night's rest may not give Comrade
  • Jarvis. I do not presume to dictate, but if you were to make
  • yourself a thorough master of the subject of catnip, for instance,
  • it might quite possibly come in useful."
  • CHAPTER XXV
  • TRAPPED
  • Mr. Jarvis was as good as his word. On the following morning, at
  • ten o'clock to the minute, he made his appearance at the office of
  • _Cosy Moments_, his fore-lock more than usually well oiled in honour
  • of the occasion, and his right coat-pocket bulging in a manner that
  • betrayed to the initiated eye the presence of the faithful
  • "canister." With him, in addition to his revolver, he brought a
  • long, thin young man who wore under his brown tweed coat a
  • blue-and-red striped jersey. Whether he brought him as an ally in
  • case of need or merely as a kindred soul with whom he might commune
  • during his vigil, was not ascertained.
  • Pugsy, startled out of his wonted calm by the arrival of this
  • distinguished company, observed the pair, as they passed through
  • into the inner office, with protruding eyes, and sat speechless for
  • a full five minutes. Psmith received the new-corners in the
  • editorial sanctum with courteous warmth. Mr. Jarvis introduced his
  • colleague.
  • "Thought I'd bring him along. Long Otto's his monaker."
  • "You did very rightly, Comrade Jarvis," Psmith assured him. "Your
  • unerring instinct did not play you false when it told you that
  • Comrade Otto would be as welcome as the flowers in May. With
  • Comrade Otto I fancy we shall make a combination which will require
  • a certain amount of tackling."
  • Mr. Jarvis confirmed this view. Long Otto, he affirmed, was no
  • rube, but a scrapper from Biffville-on-the-Slosh. The hardiest
  • hooligan would shrink from introducing rough-house proceedings into
  • a room graced by the combined presence of Long Otto and himself.
  • "Then," said Psmith, "I can go about my professional duties with a
  • light heart. I may possibly sing a bar or two. You will find cigars
  • in that box. If you and Comrade Otto will select one apiece and
  • group yourselves tastefully about the room in chairs, I will start
  • in to hit up a slightly spicy editorial on the coming election."
  • Mr. Jarvis regarded the paraphernalia of literature on the table
  • with interest. So did Long Otto, who, however, being a man of
  • silent habit, made no comment. Throughout the seance and the events
  • which followed it he confined himself to an occasional grunt. He
  • seemed to lack other modes of expression. A charming chap, however.
  • "Is dis where youse writes up pieces fer de paper?" inquired Mr.
  • Jarvis, eyeing the table.
  • "It is," said Psmith. "In Comrade Windsor's pre-dungeon days he was
  • wont to sit where I am sitting now, while I bivouacked over there
  • at the smaller table. On busy mornings you could hear our brains
  • buzzing in Madison Square Garden. But wait! A thought strikes me."
  • He called for Pugsy.
  • "Comrade Maloney," he said, "if the Editorial Staff of this paper
  • were to give you a day off, could you employ it to profit?"
  • "Surest t'ing you know," replied Pugsy with some fervour. "I'd take
  • me goil to de Bronx Zoo."
  • "Your girl?" said Psmith inquiringly. "I had heard no inkling of
  • this, Comrade Maloney. I had always imagined you one of those
  • strong, rugged, blood-and-iron men who were above the softer
  • emotions. Who is she?"
  • "Aw, she's a kid," said Pugsy. "Her pa runs a delicatessen shop
  • down our street. She ain't a bad mutt," added the ardent swain.
  • "I'm her steady."
  • "See that I have a card for the wedding, Comrade Maloney," said
  • Psmith, "and in the meantime take her to the Bronx, as you
  • suggest."
  • "Won't youse be wantin' me to-day."
  • "Not to-day. You need a holiday. Unflagging toil is sapping your
  • physique. Go up and watch the animals, and remember me very kindly
  • to the Peruvian Llama, whom friends have sometimes told me I
  • resemble in appearance. And if two dollars would in any way add to
  • the gaiety of the jaunt . . ."
  • "Sure t'ing. T'anks, boss."
  • "It occurred to me," said Psmith, when he had gone, "that the
  • probable first move of any enterprising Three Pointer who invaded
  • this office would be to knock Comrade Maloney on the head to
  • prevent his announcing him. Comrade Maloney's services are too
  • valuable to allow him to be exposed to unnecessary perils. Any
  • visitors who call must find their way in for themselves. And now to
  • work. Work, the what's-its-name of the thingummy and the
  • thing-um-a-bob of the what d'you-call-it."
  • For about a quarter of an hour the only sound that broke the
  • silence of the room was the scratching of Psmith's pen and the
  • musical expectoration of Messrs. Otto and Jarvis. Finally Psmith
  • leaned back in his chair with a satisfied expression, and spoke.
  • "While, as of course you know, Comrade Jarvis," he said, "there is
  • no agony like the agony of literary composition, such toil has its
  • compensations. The editorial I have just completed contains its
  • measure of balm. Comrade Otto will bear me out in my statement that
  • there is a subtle joy in the manufacture of the well-formed phrase.
  • Am I not right, Comrade Otto?"
  • The long one gazed appealingly at Mr. Jarvis, who spoke for him.
  • "He's a bit shy on handin' out woids, is Otto," he said.
  • Psmith nodded.
  • "I understand. I am a man of few words myself. All great men are
  • like that. Von Moltke, Comrade Otto, and myself. But what are
  • words? Action is the thing. That is the cry. Action. If that is
  • Comrade Otto's forte, so much the better, for I fancy that action
  • rather than words is what we may be needing in the space of about a
  • quarter of a minute. At least, if the footsteps I hear without are,
  • as I suspect, those of our friends of the Three Points."
  • Jarvis and Long Otto turned towards the door. Psmith was right.
  • Some one was moving stealthily in the outer office. Judging from
  • the sound, more than one person.
  • "It is just as well," said Psmith softly, "that Comrade Maloney is
  • not at his customary post. Now, in about a quarter of a minute, as
  • I said--Aha!"
  • The handle of the door began to revolve slowly and quietly. The
  • next moment three figures tumbled into the room. It was evident
  • that they had not expected to find the door unlocked, and the
  • absence of resistance when they applied their weight had had
  • surprising effects. Two of the three did not pause in their career
  • till they cannoned against the table. The third, who was holding
  • the handle, was more fortunate.
  • Psmith rose with a kindly smile to welcome his guests.
  • "Why, surely!" he said in a pleased voice. "I thought I knew the
  • face. Comrade Repetto, this is a treat. Have you come bringing me a
  • new hat?"
  • The white-haired leader's face, as he spoke, was within a few
  • inches of his own. Psmith's observant eye noted that the bruise
  • still lingered on the chin where Kid Brady's upper-cut had landed
  • at their previous meeting.
  • "I cannot offer you all seats," he went on, "unless you care to
  • dispose yourselves upon the tables. I wonder if you know my
  • friend, Mr. Bat Jarvis? And my friend, Mr. L. Otto? Let us all get
  • acquainted on this merry occasion."
  • The three invaders had been aware of the presence of the great Bat
  • and his colleague for some moments, and the meeting seemed to be
  • causing them embarrassment. This may have been due to the fact that
  • both Mr. Jarvis and Mr. Otto had produced and were toying
  • meditatively with distinctly ugly-looking pistols.
  • Mr. Jarvis spoke.
  • "Well," he said, "what's doin'?"
  • Mr. Repetto, to whom the remark was directly addressed, appeared to
  • have some difficulty in finding a reply. He shuffled his feet, and
  • looked at the floor. His two companions seemed equally at a loss.
  • "Goin' to start any rough stuff?" inquired Mr. Jarvis casually.
  • "The cigars are on the table," said Psmith hospitably. "Draw up
  • your chairs, and let's all be jolly. I will open the proceedings
  • with a song."
  • In a rich baritone, with his eyeglass fixed the while on Mr.
  • Repetto, he proceeded to relieve himself of the first verse of
  • "I only know I love thee."
  • "Chorus, please," he added, as he finished. "Come along, Comrade
  • Repetto. Why this shrinking coyness? Fling out your chest, and cut
  • loose."
  • But Mr. Repetto's eye was fastened on Mr. Jarvis's revolver. The
  • sight apparently had the effect of quenching his desire for song.
  • "'Lov' muh, ahnd ther world is--ah--mine!'" concluded Psmith.
  • He looked round the assembled company.
  • "Comrade Otto," he observed, "will now recite that pathetic little
  • poem 'Baby's Sock is now a Blue-bag.' Pray, gentlemen, silence for
  • Comrade Otto."
  • He looked inquiringly at the long youth, who remained mute. Psmith
  • clicked his tongue regretfully.
  • "Comrade Jarvis," he said, "I fear that as a smoking-concert this
  • is not going to be a success. I understand, however. Comrade
  • Repetto and his colleagues have come here on business, and nothing
  • will make them forget it. Typical New York men of affairs, they
  • close their minds to all influences that might lure them from their
  • business. Let us get on, then. What did you wish to see me about,
  • Comrade Repetto?"
  • Mr. Repetto's reply was unintelligible.
  • Mr. Jarvis made a suggestion.
  • "Youse had better beat it," he said.
  • Long Otto grunted sympathy with this advice.
  • "And youse had better go back to Spider Reilly," continued Mr.
  • Jarvis, "and tell him that there's nothin' doin' in the way of
  • rough house wit dis gent here." He indicated Psmith, who bowed.
  • "And you can tell de Spider," went on Bat with growing ferocity,
  • "dat next time he gits gay and starts in to shoot guys in me
  • dance-joint I'll bite de head off'n him. See? Does dat go? If he
  • t'inks his little two-by-four gang can put it across de Groome
  • Street, he can try. Dat's right. An' don't fergit dis gent here and
  • me is pals, and any one dat starts anyt'ing wit dis gent is going
  • to have to git busy wit me. Does dat go?"
  • Psmith coughed, and shot his cuffs.
  • "I do not know," he said, in the manner of a chairman addressing a
  • meeting, "that I have anything to add to the very well-expressed
  • remarks of my friend, Comrade Jarvis. He has, in my opinion,
  • covered the ground very thoroughly and satisfactorily. It now only
  • remains for me to pass a vote of thanks to Comrade Jarvis and to
  • declare this meeting at an end."
  • "Beat it," said Mr. Jarvis, pointing to the door.
  • The delegation then withdrew.
  • "I am very much obliged," said Psmith, "for your courtly
  • assistance, Comrade Jarvis. But for you I do not care to think with
  • what a splash I might not have been immersed in the gumbo. Thank
  • you, Comrade Jarvis. And you, Comrade Otto."
  • "Aw chee!" said Mr. Jarvis, handsomely dismissing the matter. Mr.
  • Otto kicked the leg of the table, and grunted.
  • * * *
  • For half an hour after the departure of the Three Pointers Psmith
  • chatted amiably to his two assistants on matters of general
  • interest. The exchange of ideas was somewhat one-sided, though Mr.
  • Jarvis had one or two striking items of information to impart,
  • notably some hints on the treatment of fits in kittens.
  • At the end of this period the conversation was once more
  • interrupted by the sound of movements in the outer office.
  • "If dat's dose stiffs come back--" began Mr. Jarvis, reaching for
  • his revolver.
  • "Stay your hand, Comrade Jarvis," said as a sharp knock sounded on
  • the door. "I do not think it can be our late friends. Comrade
  • Repetto's knowledge of the usages of polite society is too limited,
  • I fancy, to prompt him to knock on doors. Come in."
  • The door opened. It was not Mr. Repetto or his colleagues, but
  • another old friend. No other, in fact, than Mr. Francis Parker, he
  • who had come as an embassy from the man up top in the very
  • beginning of affairs, and had departed, wrathful, mouthing
  • declarations of war. As on his previous visit, he wore the dude
  • suit, the shiny shoes, and the tall-shaped hat.
  • "Welcome, Comrade Parker," said Psmith. "It is too long since we
  • met. Comrade Jarvis I think you know. If I am right, that is to
  • say, in supposing that it was you who approached him at an earlier
  • stage in the proceedings with a view to engaging his sympathetic
  • aid in the great work of putting Comrade Windsor and myself out of
  • business. The gentleman on your left is Comrade Otto."
  • Mr. Parker was looking at Bat in bewilderment. It was plain that
  • he had not expected to find Psmith entertaining such company.
  • "Did you come purely for friendly chit-chat, Comrade Parker,"
  • inquired Psmith, "or was there, woven into the social motives of
  • your call, a desire to talk business of any kind?"
  • "My business is private. I didn't expect a crowd."
  • "Especially of ancient friends such as Comrade Jarvis. Well, well,
  • you are breaking up a most interesting little symposium. Comrade
  • Jarvis, I think I shall be forced to postpone our very entertaining
  • discussion of fits in kittens till a more opportune moment.
  • Meanwhile, as Comrade Parker wishes to talk over some private
  • business--"
  • Bat Jarvis rose.
  • "I'll beat it," he said.
  • "Reluctantly, I hope, Comrade Jarvis. As reluctantly as I hint that
  • I would be alone. If I might drop in some time at your private
  • residence?"
  • "Sure," said Mr. Jarvis warmly.
  • "Excellent. Well, for the present, good-bye. And many thanks for
  • your invaluable co-operation."
  • "Aw chee!" said Mr. Jarvis.
  • "And now, Comrade Parker," said Psmith, when the door had closed,
  • "let her rip. What can I do for you?"
  • "You seem to be all to the merry with Bat Jarvis," observed Mr.
  • Parker.
  • "The phrase exactly expresses it, Comrade Parker. I am as a
  • tortoiseshell kitten to him. But, touching your business?"
  • Mr. Parker was silent for a moment.
  • "See here," he said at last, "aren't you going to be good? Say,
  • what's the use of keeping on at this fool game? Why not quit it
  • before you get hurt?"
  • Psmith smoothed his waistcoat reflectively.
  • "I may be wrong, Comrade Parker," he said, "but it seems to me that
  • the chances of my getting hurt are not so great as you appear to
  • imagine. The person who is in danger of getting hurt seems to me
  • to be the gentleman whose name is on that paper which is now in my
  • possession."
  • "Where is it?" demanded Mr. Parker quickly.
  • Psmith eyed him benevolently.
  • "If you will pardon the expression, Comrade Parker," he said,
  • "'Aha!' Meaning that I propose to keep that information to myself."
  • Mr. Parker shrugged his shoulders.
  • "You know your own business, I guess."
  • Psmith nodded.
  • "You are absolutely correct, Comrade Parker. I do. Now that _Cosy
  • Moments_ has our excellent friend Comrade Jarvis on its side, are
  • you not to a certain extent among the Blenheim Oranges? I think
  • so. I think so."
  • As he spoke there was a rap at the door. A small boy entered. In
  • his hand was a scrap of paper.
  • "Guy asks me give dis to gazebo named Smiff," he said.
  • "There are many gazebos of that name, my lad. One of whom I am
  • which, as Artemus Ward was wont to observe. Possibly the missive is
  • for me."
  • He took the paper. It was dated from an address on the East Side.
  • "Dear Smith," it ran. "Come here as quick as you can, and bring
  • some money. Explain when I see you."
  • It was signed "W. W."
  • So Billy Windsor had fulfilled his promise. He had escaped.
  • A feeling of regret for the futility of the thing was Psmith's
  • first emotion. Billy could be of no possible help in the campaign
  • at its present point. All the work that remained to be done could
  • easily be carried through without his assistance. And by breaking
  • out from the Island he had committed an offence which was bound to
  • carry with it serious penalties. For the first time since his
  • connection with _Cosy Moments_ began Psmith was really disturbed.
  • He turned to Mr. Parker.
  • "Comrade Parker," he said, "I regret to state that this office is
  • now closing for the day. But for this, I should be delighted to sit
  • chatting with you. As it is--"
  • "Very well," said Mr. Parker. "Then you mean to go on with this
  • business?"
  • "Though it snows, Comrade Parker."
  • They went out into the street, Psmith thoughtful and hardly
  • realising the other's presence. By the side of the pavement a few
  • yards down the road a taximeter-cab was standing. Psmith hailed it.
  • Mr. Parker was still beside him. It occurred to Psmith that it
  • would not do to let him hear the address Billy Windsor had given in
  • his note.
  • "Turn and go on down the street," he said to the driver.
  • He had taken his seat and was closing the door, when it was
  • snatched from his grasp and Mr. Parker darted on to the seat
  • opposite. The next moment the cab had started up the street
  • instead of down and the hard muzzle of a revolver was pressing
  • against Psmith's waistcoat.
  • "Now what?" said Mr. Parker smoothly, leaning back with the pistol
  • resting easily on his knee.
  • CHAPTER XXVI
  • A FRIEND IN NEED
  • "The point is well taken," said Psmith thoughtfully.
  • "You think so?" said Mr. Parker.
  • "I am convinced of it."
  • "Good. But don't move. Put that hand back where it was."
  • "You think of everything, Comrade Parker."
  • He dropped his hand on to the seat, and remained silent for a few
  • moments. The taxi-cab was buzzing along up Fifth Avenue now.
  • Looking towards the window, Psmith saw that they were nearing the
  • park. The great white mass of the Plaza Hotel showed up on the
  • left.
  • "Did you ever stop at the Plaza, Comrade Parker?"
  • "No," said Mr. Parker shortly.
  • "Don't bite at me, Comrade Parker. Why be brusque on so joyous an
  • occasion? Better men than us have stopped at the Plaza. Ah, the
  • Park! How fresh the leaves, Comrade Parker, how green the herbage!
  • Fling your eye at yonder grassy knoll."
  • He raised his hand to point. Instantly the revolver was against his
  • waistcoat, making an unwelcome crease in that immaculate garment.
  • "I told you to keep that hand where it was."
  • "You did, Comrade Parker, you did. The fault," said Psmith
  • handsomely, "was entirely mine. Carried away by my love of nature,
  • I forgot. It shall not occur again."
  • "It had better not," said Mr. Parker unpleasantly. "If it does, I'll
  • blow a hole through you."
  • Psmith raised his eyebrows.
  • "That, Comrade Parker," he said, "is where you make your error. You
  • would no more shoot me in the heart of the metropolis than, I trust,
  • you would wear a made-up tie with evening dress. Your skin,
  • however unhealthy to the eye of the casual observer, is doubtless
  • precious to yourself, and you are not the man I take you for if you
  • would risk it purely for the momentary pleasure of plugging me with
  • a revolver. The cry goes round criminal circles in New York,
  • 'Comrade Parker is not such a fool as he looks.' Think for a moment
  • what would happen. The shot would ring out, and instantly
  • bicycle-policemen would be pursuing this taxi-cab with the
  • purposeful speed of greyhounds trying to win the Waterloo Cup. You
  • would be headed off and stopped. Ha! What is this? Psmith, the
  • People's Pet, weltering in his gore? Death to the assassin! I fear
  • nothing could save you from the fury of the mob, Comrade Parker. I
  • seem to see them meditatively plucking you limb from limb. 'She
  • loves me!' Off comes an arm. 'She loves me not.' A leg joins the
  • little heap of limbs on the ground. That is how it would be. And
  • what would you have left out of it? Merely, as I say, the momentary
  • pleasure of potting me. And it isn't as if such a feat could give
  • you the thrill of successful marksmanship. Anybody could hit a man
  • with a pistol at an inch and a quarter. I fear you have not thought
  • this matter out with sufficient care, Comrade Parker. You said to
  • yourself, 'Happy thought, I will kidnap Psmith!' and all your
  • friends said, 'Parker is the man with the big brain!' But now,
  • while it is true that I can't get out, you are moaning, 'What on
  • earth shall I do with him, now that I have got him?'"
  • "You think so, do you?"
  • "I am convinced of it. Your face is contorted with the anguish of
  • mental stress. Let this be a lesson to you, Comrade Parker, never
  • to embark on any enterprise of which you do not see the end."
  • "I guess I see the end of this all right."
  • "You have the advantage of me then, Comrade Parker. It seems to me
  • that we have nothing before us but to go on riding about New York
  • till you feel that my society begins to pall."
  • "You figure you're clever, I guess."
  • "There are few brighter brains in this city, Comrade Parker. But
  • why this sudden tribute?"
  • "You reckon you've thought it all out, eh?"
  • "There may be a flaw in my reasoning, but I confess I do not at the
  • moment see where it lies. Have you detected one?"
  • "I guess so."
  • "Ah! And what is it?"
  • "You seem to think New York's the only place on the map."
  • "Meaning what, Comrade Parker?"
  • "It might be a fool trick to shoot you in the city as you say, but,
  • you see, we aren't due to stay in the city. This cab is moving on."
  • "Like John Brown's soul," said Psmith, nodding. "I see. Then you
  • propose to make quite a little tour in this cab?"
  • "You've got it."
  • "And when we are out in the open country, where there are no
  • witnesses, things may begin to move."
  • "That's it."
  • "Then," said Psmith heartily, "till that moment arrives what we
  • must do is to entertain each other with conversation. You can take
  • no step of any sort for a full half-hour, possibly more, so let us
  • give ourselves up to the merriment of the passing instant. Are you
  • good at riddles, Comrade Parker? How much wood would a wood-chuck
  • chuck, assuming for purposes of argument that it was in the power
  • of a wood-chuck to chuck wood?"
  • Mr. Parker did not attempt to solve this problem. He was sitting
  • in the same attitude of watchfulness, the revolver resting on his
  • knee. He seemed mistrustful of Psmith's right hand, which was
  • hanging limply at his side. It was from this quarter that he seemed
  • to expect attack. The cab was bowling easily up the broad street,
  • past rows on rows of high houses, all looking exactly the same.
  • Occasionally, to the right, through a break in the line of
  • buildings, a glimpse of the river could be seen.
  • Psmith resumed the conversation.
  • "You are not interested in wood-chucks, Comrade Parker? Well, well,
  • many people are not. A passion for the flora and fauna of our
  • forests is innate rather than acquired. Let us talk of something
  • else. Tell me about your home-life, Comrade Parker. Are you
  • married? Are there any little Parkers running about the house? When
  • you return from this very pleasant excursion will baby voices crow
  • gleefully, 'Fahzer's come home'?"
  • Mr. Parker said nothing.
  • "I see," said Psmith with ready sympathy. "I understand. Say no
  • more. You are unmarried. She wouldn't have you. Alas, Comrade
  • Parker! However, thus it is! We look around us, and what do we
  • see? A solid phalanx of the girls we have loved and lost. Tell me
  • about her, Comrade Parker. Was it your face or your manners at
  • which she drew the line?"
  • Mr. Parker leaned forward with a scowl. Psmith did not move, but
  • his right hand, as it hung, closed. Another moment and Mr. Parker's
  • chin would be in just the right position for a swift upper-cut. . .
  • This fact appeared suddenly to dawn on Mr. Parker himself. He drew
  • back quickly, and half raised the revolver. Psmith's hand resumed
  • its normal attitude.
  • "Leaving more painful topics," said Psmith, "let us turn to another
  • point. That note which the grubby stripling brought to me at the
  • office purported to come from Comrade Windsor, and stated that he
  • had escaped from Blackwell's Island, and was awaiting my arrival at
  • some address in the Bowery. Would you mind telling me, purely to
  • satisfy my curiosity, if that note was genuine? I have never made
  • a close study of Comrade Windsor's handwriting, and in an unguarded
  • moment I may have assumed too much."
  • Mr. Parker permitted himself a smile.
  • "I guess you aren't so clever after all," he said. "The note was a
  • fake all right."
  • "And you had this cab waiting for me on the chance?"
  • Mr. Parker nodded.
  • "Sherlock Holmes was right," said Psmith regretfully. "You may
  • remember that he advised Doctor Watson never to take the first cab,
  • or the second. He should have gone further, and urged him not to
  • take cabs at all. Walking is far healthier."
  • "You'll find it so," said Mr. Parker.
  • Psmith eyed him curiously.
  • "What _are_ you going to do with me, Comrade Parker?" he asked.
  • Mr. Parker did not reply. Psmith's eye turned again to the window.
  • They had covered much ground since last he had looked at the view.
  • They were off Manhattan Island now, and the houses were beginning
  • to thin out. Soon, travelling at their present rate, they must come
  • into the open country. Psmith relapsed into silence. It was
  • necessary for him to think. He had been talking in the hope of
  • getting the other off his guard; but Mr. Parker was evidently too
  • keenly on the look-out. The hand that held the revolver never
  • wavered. The muzzle, pointing in an upward direction, was aimed at
  • Psmith's waist. There was no doubt that a move on his part would be
  • fatal. If the pistol went off, it must hit him. If it had been
  • pointed at his head in the orthodox way he might have risked a
  • sudden blow to knock it aside, but in the present circumstances
  • that would be useless. There was nothing to do but wait.
  • The cab moved swiftly on. Now they had reached the open country. An
  • occasional wooden shack was passed, but that was all. At any moment
  • the climax of the drama might be reached. Psmith's muscles
  • stiffened for a spring. There was little chance of its being
  • effective, but at least it would be better to put up some kind of a
  • fight. And he had a faint hope that the suddenness of his movement
  • might upset the other's aim. He was bound to be hit somewhere.
  • That was certain. But quickness might save him to some extent.
  • He braced his leg against the back of the cab. In another moment
  • he would have sprung; but just then the smooth speed of the cab
  • changed to a series of jarring bumps, each more emphatic than the
  • last. It slowed down, then came to a halt. One of the tyres had
  • burst.
  • There was a thud, as the chauffeur jumped down. They heard him
  • fumbling in the tool-box. Presently the body of the machine was
  • raised slightly as he got to work with the jack.
  • It was about a minute later that somebody in the road outside
  • spoke.
  • "Had a breakdown?" inquired the voice. Psmith recognised it. It
  • was the voice of Kid Brady.
  • CHAPTER XXVII
  • PSMITH CONCLUDES HIS RIDE
  • The Kid, as he had stated to Psmith at their last interview that he
  • intended to do, had begun his training for his match with Eddie
  • Wood, at White Plains, a village distant but a few miles from New
  • York. It was his practice to open a course of training with a
  • little gentle road-work; and it was while jogging along the highway
  • a couple of miles from his training-camp, in company with the two
  • thick-necked gentlemen who acted as his sparring-partners, that he
  • had come upon the broken-down taxi-cab.
  • If this had happened after his training had begun in real earnest,
  • he would have averted his eyes from the spectacle, however
  • alluring, and continued on his way without a pause. But now, as he
  • had not yet settled down to genuine hard work, he felt justified in
  • turning aside and looking into the matter. The fact that the
  • chauffeur, who seemed to be a taciturn man, lacking the
  • conversational graces, manifestly objected to an audience, deterred
  • him not at all. One cannot have everything in this world, and the
  • Kid and his attendant thick-necks were content to watch the process
  • of mending the tyre, without demanding the additional joy of
  • sparkling small-talk from the man in charge of the operations.
  • "Guy's had a breakdown, sure," said the first of the thick-necks.
  • "Surest thing you know," agreed his colleague.
  • "Seems to me the tyre's punctured," said the Kid.
  • All three concentrated their gaze on the machine
  • "Kid's right," said thick-neck number one. "Guy's been an' bust a
  • tyre."
  • "Surest thing you know," said thick-neck number two.
  • They observed the perspiring chauffeur in silence for a while.
  • "Wonder how he did that, now?" speculated the Kid.
  • "Guy ran over a nail, I guess," said thick-neck number one.
  • "Surest thing you know," said the other, who, while perhaps
  • somewhat lacking in the matter of original thought, was a most
  • useful fellow to have by one. A sort of Boswell.
  • "Did you run over a nail?" the Kid inquired of the chauffeur.
  • The chauffeur ignored the question.
  • "This is his busy day," said the first thick-neck with satire.
  • "Guy's too full of work to talk to us."
  • "Deaf, shouldn't wonder," surmised the Kid.
  • "Say, wonder what he's doin' with a taxi so far out of the city."
  • "Some guy tells him to drive him out here, I guess. Say, it'll cost
  • him something, too. He'll have to strip off a few from his roll to
  • pay for this."
  • Psmith, in the interior of the cab, glanced at Mr. Parker.
  • "You heard, Comrade Parker? He is right, I fancy. The bill--"
  • Mr. Parker dug viciously at him with the revolver.
  • "Keep quiet," he whispered, "or you'll get hurt."
  • Psmith suspended his remarks.
  • Outside, the conversation had begun again.
  • "Pretty rich guy inside," said the Kid, following up his
  • companion's train of thought. "I'm goin' to rubber in at the
  • window."
  • Psmith, meeting Mr. Parker's eye, smiled pleasantly. There was no
  • answering smile on the other's face.
  • There came the sound of the Kid's feet grating on the road as he
  • turned; and as he heard it Mr. Parker, that eminent tactician, for
  • the first time lost his head. With a vague idea of screening Psmith
  • from the eyes of the man in the road he half rose. For an instant
  • the muzzle of the pistol ceased to point at Psmith's waistcoat. It
  • was the very chance Psmith had been waiting for. His left hand shot
  • out, grasped the other's wrist, and gave it a sharp wrench. The
  • revolver went off with a deafening report, the bullet passing
  • through the back of the cab; then fell to the floor, as the fingers
  • lost their hold. The next moment Psmith's right fist, darting
  • upwards, took Mr. Parker neatly under the angle of the jaw.
  • The effect was instantaneous. Psmith had risen from his seat as he
  • delivered the blow, and it consequently got the full benefit of his
  • weight, which was not small. Mr. Parker literally crumpled up. His
  • head jerked back, then fell limply on his chest. He would have
  • slipped to the floor had not Psmith pushed him on to the seat.
  • The interested face of the Kid appeared at the window. Behind him
  • could be seen portions of the faces of the two thick-necks.
  • "Ah, Comrade Brady!" said Psmith genially. "I heard your voice,
  • and was hoping you might look in for a chat."
  • "What's doin', Mr. Smith?" queried the excited Kid.
  • "Much, Comrade Brady, much. I will tell you all anon. Meanwhile,
  • however, kindly knock that chauffeur down and sit on his head. He's
  • a bad person."
  • "De guy's beat it," volunteered the first thick-neck.
  • "Surest thing you know," said the other.
  • "What's been doin', Mr. Smith?" asked the Kid.
  • "I'll tell you about it as we go, Comrade Brady," said Psmith,
  • stepping into the road. "Riding in a taxi is pleasant provided it
  • is not overdone. For the moment I have had sufficient. A bit of
  • walking will do me good."
  • "What are you going to do with this guy, Mr. Smith?" asked the
  • Kid, pointing to Parker, who had begun to stir slightly.
  • Psmith inspected the stricken one gravely.
  • "I have no use for him, Comrade Brady," he said. "Our ride together
  • gave me as much of his society as I desire for to-day. Unless you
  • or either of your friends are collecting Parkers, I propose that we
  • leave him where he is. We may as well take the gun, however. In my
  • opinion, Comrade Parker is not the proper man to have such a
  • weapon. He is too prone to go firing it off in any direction at a
  • moment's notice, causing inconvenience to all." He groped on the
  • floor of the cab for the revolver. "Now, Comrade Brady," he said,
  • straightening himself up, "I am at your disposal. Shall we be
  • pushing on?"
  • * * *
  • It was late in the evening when Psmith returned to the metropolis,
  • after a pleasant afternoon at the Brady training-camp. The Kid,
  • having heard the details of the ride, offered once more to abandon
  • his match with Eddie Wood, but Psmith would not hear of it. He was
  • fairly satisfied that the opposition had fired their last shot, and
  • that their next move would be to endeavour to come to terms. They
  • could not hope to catch him off his guard a second time, and, as
  • far as hired assault and battery were concerned, he was as safe in
  • New York, now that Bat Jarvis had declared himself on his side, as
  • he would have been in the middle of a desert. What Bat said was
  • law on the East Side. No hooligan, however eager to make money,
  • would dare to act against a _protégé_ of the Groome Street leader.
  • The only flaw in Psmith's contentment was the absence of Billy
  • Windsor. On this night of all nights the editorial staff of _Cosy
  • Moments_ should have been together to celebrate the successful
  • outcome of their campaign. Psmith dined alone, his enjoyment of the
  • rather special dinner which he felt justified in ordering in honour
  • of the occasion somewhat diminished by the thought of Billy's hard
  • case. He had seen Mr William Collier in _The Man from Mexico_, and
  • that had given him an understanding of what a term of imprisonment
  • on Blackwell's Island meant. Billy, during these lean days, must be
  • supporting life on bread, bean soup, and water. Psmith, toying with
  • the hors d'oeuvre, was somewhat saddened by the thought.
  • * * *
  • All was quiet at the office on the following day. Bat Jarvis,
  • again accompanied by the faithful Otto, took up his position in the
  • inner room, prepared to repel all invaders; but none arrived. No
  • sounds broke the peace of the outer office except the whistling of
  • Master Maloney.
  • Things were almost dull when the telephone bell rang. Psmith took
  • down the receiver.
  • "Hullo?" he said.
  • "I'm Parker," said a moody voice.
  • Psmith uttered a cry of welcome.
  • "Why, Comrade Parker, this is splendid! How goes it? Did you get
  • back all right yesterday? I was sorry to have to tear myself away,
  • but I had other engagements. But why use the telephone? Why not
  • come here in person? You know how welcome you are. Hire a taxi-cab
  • and come right round."
  • Mr. Parker made no reply to the invitation.
  • "Mr. Waring would like to see you."
  • "Who, Comrade Parker?"
  • "Mr. Stewart Waring."
  • "The celebrated tenement house-owner?"
  • Silence from the other end of the wire. "Well," said Psmith, "what
  • step does he propose to take towards it?"
  • "He tells me to say that he will be in his office at twelve o'clock
  • to-morrow morning. His office is in the Morton Building, Nassau
  • Street."
  • Psmith clicked his tongue regretfully.
  • "Then I do not see how we can meet," he said. "I shall be here."
  • "He wishes to see you at his office."
  • "I am sorry, Comrade Parker. It is impossible. I am very busy just
  • now, as you may know, preparing the next number, the one in which we
  • publish the name of the owner of the Pleasant Street Tenements.
  • Otherwise, I should be delighted. Perhaps later, when the rush of
  • work has diminished somewhat."
  • "Am I to tell Mr. Waring that you refuse?"
  • "If you are seeing him at any time and feel at a loss for something
  • to say, perhaps you might mention it. Is there anything else I can
  • do for you, Comrade Parker?"
  • "See here--"
  • "Nothing? Then good-bye. Look in when you're this way."
  • He hung up the receiver.
  • As he did so, he was aware of Master Maloney standing beside the
  • table.
  • "Yes, Comrade Maloney?"
  • "Telegram," said Pugsy. "For Mr. Windsor."
  • Psmith ripped open the envelope.
  • The message ran:
  • "Returning to-day. Will be at office to-morrow morning," and it was
  • signed "Wilberfloss."
  • "See who's here!" said Psmith softly.
  • CHAPTER XXVIII
  • STANDING ROOM ONLY
  • In the light of subsequent events it was perhaps the least bit
  • unfortunate that Mr. Jarvis should have seen fit to bring with him
  • to the office of _Cosy Moments_ on the following morning two of his
  • celebrated squad of cats, and that Long Otto, who, as usual,
  • accompanied him, should have been fired by his example to the
  • extent of introducing a large and rather boisterous yellow dog.
  • They were not to be blamed, of course. They could not know that
  • before the morning was over space in the office would be at a
  • premium. Still, it was unfortunate.
  • Mr. Jarvis was slightly apologetic.
  • "T'ought I'd bring de kits along," he said. "Dey started in
  • scrappin' yesterday when I was here, so to-day I says I'll keep my
  • eye on dem."
  • Psmith inspected the menagerie without resentment.
  • "Assuredly, Comrade Jarvis," he said. "They add a pleasantly cosy
  • and domestic touch to the scene. The only possible criticism I can
  • find to make has to do with their probable brawling with the dog."
  • "Oh, dey won't scrap wit de dawg. Dey knows him."
  • "But is he aware of that? He looks to me a somewhat impulsive
  • animal. Well, well, the matter's in your hands. If you will
  • undertake to look after the refereeing of any pogrom that may
  • arise, I say no more."
  • Mr. Jarvis's statement as to the friendly relations between the
  • animals proved to be correct. The dog made no attempt to annihilate
  • the cats. After an inquisitive journey round the room he lay down
  • and went to sleep, and an era of peace set in. The cats had settled
  • themselves comfortably, one on each of Mr. Jarvis's knees, and Long
  • Otto, surveying the ceiling with his customary glassy stare,
  • smoked a long cigar in silence. Bat breathed a tune, and scratched
  • one of the cats under the ear. It was a soothing scene.
  • But it did not last. Ten minutes had barely elapsed when the yellow
  • dog, sitting up with a start, uttered a whine. In the outer office
  • could be heard a stir and movement. The next moment the door burst
  • open and a little man dashed in. He had a peeled nose and showed
  • other evidences of having been living in the open air. Behind him
  • was a crowd of uncertain numbers. Psmith recognised the leaders of
  • this crowd. They were the Reverend Edwin T. Philpotts and Mr. B.
  • Henderson Asher.
  • "Why, Comrade Asher," he said, "this is indeed a Moment of Mirth. I
  • have been wondering for weeks where you could have got to. And
  • Comrade Philpotts! Am I wrong in saying that this is the maddest,
  • merriest day of all the glad New Year?"
  • The rest of the crowd had entered the room.
  • "Comrade Waterman, too!" cried Psmith. "Why we have all met
  • before. Except--"
  • He glanced inquiringly at the little man with the peeled nose.
  • "My name is Wilberfloss," said the other with austerity. "Will you
  • be so good as to tell me where Mr. Windsor is?"
  • A murmur of approval from his followers.
  • "In one moment," said Psmith. "First, however, let me introduce two
  • important members of our staff. On your right, Mr. Bat Jarvis. On
  • your left, Mr. Long Otto. Both of Groome Street."
  • The two Bowery boys rose awkwardly. The cats fell in an avalanche
  • to the floor. Long Otto, in his haste, trod on the dog, which began
  • barking, a process which it kept up almost without a pause during
  • the rest of the interview.
  • "Mr. Wilberfloss," said Psmith in an aside to Bat, "is widely known
  • as a cat fancier in Brooklyn circles."
  • "Honest?" said Mr. Jarvis. He tapped Mr. Wilberfloss in friendly
  • fashion on the chest. "Say," he asked, "did youse ever have a cat
  • wit one blue and one yellow eye?"
  • Mr. Wilberfloss side-stepped and turned once more to Psmith, who
  • was offering B. Henderson Asher a cigarette.
  • "Who are you?" he demanded.
  • "Who am _I_?" repeated Psmith in an astonished tone.
  • "Who are you?"
  • "I am Psmith," said the old Etonian reverently. "There is a
  • preliminary P before the name. This, however, is silent. Like the
  • tomb. Compare such words as ptarmigan, psalm, and phthisis."
  • "These gentlemen tell me you're acting editor. Who appointed you?"
  • Psmith reflected.
  • "It is rather a nice point," he said. "It might be claimed that I
  • appointed myself. You may say, however, that Comrade Windsor
  • appointed me."
  • "Ah! And where is Mr. Windsor?"
  • "In prison," said Psmith sorrowfully.
  • "In prison!"
  • Psmith nodded.
  • "It is too true. Such is the generous impulsiveness of Comrade
  • Windsor's nature that he hit a policeman, was promptly gathered in,
  • and is now serving a sentence of thirty days on Blackwell's Island."
  • Mr. Wilberfloss looked at Mr. Philpotts. Mr. Asher looked at Mr.
  • Wilberfloss. Mr. Waterman started, and stumbled over a cat.
  • "I never heard of such a thing," said Mr. Wilberfloss.
  • A faint, sad smile played across Psmith's face.
  • "Do you remember, Comrade Waterman--I fancy it was to you that I
  • made the remark--my commenting at our previous interview on the
  • rashness of confusing the unusual with the improbable? Here we see
  • Comrade Wilberfloss, big-brained though he is, falling into error."
  • "I shall dismiss Mr. Windsor immediately," said the big-brained
  • one.
  • "From Blackwell's Island?" said Psmith. "I am sure you will earn
  • his gratitude if you do. They live on bean soup there. Bean soup
  • and bread, and not much of either."
  • He broke off, to turn his attention to Mr. Jarvis and Mr. Waterman,
  • between whom bad blood seemed to have arisen. Mr. Jarvis, holding a
  • cat in his arms, was glowering at Mr. Waterman, who had backed away
  • and seemed nervous.
  • "What is the trouble, Comrade Jarvis?"
  • "Dat guy dere wit two left feet," said Bat querulously, "goes and
  • treads on de kit. I--"
  • "I assure you it was a pure accident. The animal--"
  • Mr. Wilberfloss, eyeing Bat and the silent Otto with disgust,
  • intervened.
  • "Who are these persons, Mr. Smith?" he inquired.
  • "Poisson yourself," rejoined Bat, justly incensed. "Who's de
  • little guy wit de peeled breezer, Mr. Smith?"
  • Psmith waved his hands.
  • "Gentlemen, gentlemen," he said, "let us not descend to mere
  • personalities. I thought I had introduced you. This, Comrade
  • Jarvis, is Mr. Wilberfloss, the editor of this journal. These,
  • Comrade Wilberfloss--Zam-buk would put your nose right in a
  • day--are, respectively, Bat Jarvis and Long Otto, our acting
  • fighting-editors, vice Kid Brady, absent on unavoidable business."
  • "Kid Brady!" shrilled Mr. Wilberfloss. "I insist that you give me
  • a full explanation of this matter. I go away by my doctor's orders
  • for ten weeks, leaving Mr. Windsor to conduct the paper on certain
  • well-defined lines. I return yesterday, and, getting into
  • communication with Mr. Philpotts, what do I find? Why, that in my
  • absence the paper has been ruined."
  • "Ruined?" said Psmith. "On the contrary. Examine the returns, and
  • you will see that the circulation has gone up every week. _Cosy
  • Moments_ was never so prosperous and flourishing. Comrade Otto, do
  • you think you could use your personal influence with that dog to
  • induce it to suspend its barking for a while? It is musical, but
  • renders conversation difficult."
  • Long Otto raised a massive boot and aimed it at the animal, which,
  • dodging with a yelp, cannoned against the second cat and had its
  • nose scratched. Piercing shrieks cleft the air.
  • "I demand an explanation," roared Mr. Wilberfloss above the din.
  • "I think, Comrade Otto," said Psmith, "it would make things a little
  • easier if you removed that dog."
  • He opened the door. The dog shot out. They could hear it being
  • ejected from the outer office by Master Maloney. When there was
  • silence, Psmith turned courteously to the editor.
  • "You were saying, Comrade Wilberfloss?"
  • "Who is this person Brady? With Mr. Philpotts I have been going
  • carefully over the numbers which have been issued since my
  • departure--"
  • "An intellectual treat," murmured Psmith.
  • "--and in each there is a picture of this young man in a costume
  • which I will not particularise--"
  • "There is hardly enough of it to particularise."
  • "--together with a page of disgusting autobiographical matter."
  • Psmith held up his hand.
  • "I protest," he said. "We court criticism, but this is mere abuse.
  • I appeal to these gentlemen to say whether this, for instance, is
  • not bright and interesting."
  • He picked up the current number of _Cosy Moments_, and turned to the
  • Kid's page.
  • "This," he said. "Describing a certain ten-round unpleasantness with
  • one Mexican Joe. 'Joe comes up for the second round and he gives me
  • a nasty look, but I thinks of my mother and swats him one in the
  • lower ribs. He hollers foul, but nix on that. Referee says, "Fight
  • on." Joe gives me another nasty look. "All right, Kid," he says;
  • "now I'll knock you up into the gallery." And with that he cuts
  • loose with a right swing, but I falls into the clinch, and
  • then---!'"
  • "Bah!" exclaimed Mr. Wilberfloss.
  • "Go on, boss," urged Mr. Jarvis approvingly. "It's to de good, dat
  • stuff."
  • "There!" said Psmith triumphantly. "You heard? Comrade Jarvis, one
  • of the most firmly established critics east of Fifth Avenue, stamps
  • Kid Brady's reminiscences with the hall-mark of his approval."
  • "I falls fer de Kid every time," assented Mr. Jarvis.
  • "Assuredly, Comrade Jarvis. You know a good thing when you see one.
  • Why," he went on warmly, "there is stuff in these reminiscences
  • which would stir the blood of a jelly-fish. Let me quote you
  • another passage to show that they are not only enthralling, but
  • helpful as well. Let me see, where is it? Ah, I have it. 'A bully
  • good way of putting a guy out of business is this. You don't want
  • to use it in the ring, because by Queensberry Rules it's a foul;
  • but you will find it mighty useful if any thick-neck comes up to
  • you in the street and tries to start anything. It's this way. While
  • he's setting himself for a punch, just place the tips of the
  • fingers of your left hand on the right side of his chest. Then
  • bring down the heel of your left hand. There isn't a guy living
  • that could stand up against that. The fingers give you a leverage
  • to beat the band. The guy doubles up, and you upper-cut him with
  • your right, and out he goes.' Now, I bet you never knew that
  • before, Comrade Philpotts. Try it on your parishioners."
  • "_Cosy Moments_," said Mr. Wilberfloss irately, "is no medium for
  • exploiting low prize-fighters."
  • "Low prize-fighters! Comrade Wilberfloss, you have been
  • misinformed. The Kid is as decent a little chap as you'd meet
  • anywhere. You do not seem to appreciate the philanthropic motives
  • of the paper in adopting Comrade Brady's cause. Think of it,
  • Comrade Wilberfloss. There was that unfortunate stripling with only
  • two pleasures in life, to love his mother and to knock the heads
  • off other youths whose weight coincided with his own; and
  • misfortune, until we took him up, had barred him almost completely
  • from the second pastime. Our editorial heart was melted. We
  • adopted Comrade Brady. And look at him now! Matched against Eddie
  • Wood! And Comrade Waterman will support me in my statement that a
  • victory over Eddie Wood means that he gets a legitimate claim to
  • meet Jimmy Garvin for the championship."
  • "It is abominable," burst forth Mr. Wilberfloss. "It is
  • disgraceful. I never heard of such a thing. The paper is ruined."
  • "You keep reverting to that statement, Comrade Wilberfloss. Can
  • nothing reassure you? The returns are excellent. Prosperity beams
  • on us like a sun. The proprietor is more than satisfied."
  • "The proprietor?" gasped Mr. Wilberfloss. "Does _he_ know how you
  • have treated the paper?"
  • "He is cognisant of our every move."
  • "And he approves?"
  • "He more than approves."
  • Mr. Wilberfloss snorted.
  • "I don't believe it," he said.
  • The assembled ex-contributors backed up this statement with a
  • united murmur. B. Henderson Asher snorted satirically.
  • "They don't believe it," sighed Psmith. "Nevertheless, it is
  • true."
  • "It is not true," thundered Mr. Wilberfloss, hopping to avoid a
  • perambulating cat. "Nothing will convince me of it. Mr. Benjamin
  • White is not a maniac."
  • "I trust not," said Psmith. "I sincerely trust not. I have every
  • reason to believe in his complete sanity. What makes you fancy that
  • there is even a possibility of his being--er--?"
  • "Nobody but a lunatic would approve of seeing his paper ruined."
  • "Again!" said Psmith. "I fear that the notion that this journal is
  • ruined has become an obsession with you, Comrade Wilberfloss. Once
  • again I assure you that it is more than prosperous."
  • "If," said Mr. Wilberfloss, "you imagine that I intend to take your
  • word in this matter, you are mistaken. I shall cable Mr. White
  • to-day, and inquire whether these alterations in the paper meet
  • with his approval."
  • "I shouldn't, Comrade Wilberfloss. Cables are expensive, and in
  • these hard times a penny saved is a penny earned. Why worry Comrade
  • White? He is so far away, so out of touch with our New York
  • literary life. I think it is practically a certainty that he has not
  • the slightest inkling of any changes in the paper."
  • Mr. Wilberfloss uttered a cry of triumph.
  • "I knew it," he said, "I knew it. I knew you would give up when it
  • came to the point, and you were driven into a corner. Now, perhaps,
  • you will admit that Mr. White has given no sanction for the
  • alterations in the paper?"
  • A puzzled look crept into Psmith's face.
  • "I think, Comrade Wilberfloss," he said, "we are talking at
  • cross-purposes. You keep harping on Comrade White and his views and
  • tastes. One would almost imagine that you fancied that Comrade
  • White was the proprietor of this paper."
  • Mr. Wilberfloss stared. B. Henderson Asher stared. Every one
  • stared, except Mr. Jarvis, who, since the readings from the Kid's
  • reminiscences had ceased, had lost interest in the discussion, and
  • was now entertaining the cats with a ball of paper tied to a
  • string.
  • "Fancied that Mr. White . . .?" repeated Mr. Wilberfloss. "I don't
  • follow you. Who is, if he isn't?"
  • Psmith removed his monocle, polished it thoughtfully, and put it
  • back in its place.
  • "I am," he said.
  • CHAPTER XXIX
  • THE KNOCK-OUT FOR MR. WARING
  • "You!" cried Mr. Wilberfloss.
  • "The same," said Psmith.
  • "You!" exclaimed Messrs. Waterman, Asher, and the Reverend Edwin
  • Philpotts.
  • "On the spot!" said Psmith.
  • Mr. Wilberfloss groped for a chair and sat down.
  • "Am I going mad?" he demanded feebly.
  • "Not so, Comrade Wilberfloss," said Psmith encouragingly. "All is
  • well. The cry goes round New York, 'Comrade Wilberfloss is to the
  • good. He does not gibber.'"
  • "Do I understand you to say that you own this paper?"
  • "I do."
  • "Since when?"
  • "Roughly speaking, about a month."
  • Among his audience (still excepting Mr. Jarvis, who was tickling
  • one of the cats and whistling a plaintive melody) there was a
  • tendency toward awkward silence. To start bally-ragging a seeming
  • nonentity and then to discover he is the proprietor of the paper to
  • which you wish to contribute is like kicking an apparently empty
  • hat and finding your rich uncle inside it. Mr. Wilberfloss in
  • particular was disturbed. Editorships of the kind which he aspired
  • to are not easy to get. If he were to be removed from _Cosy Moments_
  • he would find it hard to place himself anywhere else. Editors, like
  • manuscripts, are rejected from want of space.
  • "Very early in my connection with this journal," said Psmith, "I
  • saw that I was on to a good thing. I had long been convinced that
  • about the nearest approach to the perfect job in this world, where
  • good jobs are so hard to acquire, was to own a paper. All you had
  • to do, once you had secured your paper, was to sit back and watch
  • the other fellows work, and from time to time forward big cheques
  • to the bank. Nothing could be more nicely attuned to the tastes of
  • a Shropshire Psmith. The glimpses I was enabled to get of the
  • workings of this little journal gave me the impression that Comrade
  • White was not attached with any paternal fervour to _Cosy Moments_.
  • He regarded it, I deduced, not so much as a life-work as in the
  • light of an investment. I assumed that Comrade White had his price,
  • and wrote to my father, who was visiting Carlsbad at the moment, to
  • ascertain what that price might be. He cabled it to me. It was
  • reasonable. Now it so happens that an uncle of mine some years ago
  • left me a considerable number of simoleons, and though I shall not
  • be legally entitled actually to close in on the opulence for a
  • matter of nine months or so, I anticipated that my father would
  • have no objection to staking me to the necessary amount on the
  • security of my little bit of money. My father has spent some time
  • of late hurling me at various professions, and we had agreed some
  • time ago that the Law was to be my long suit. Paper-owning,
  • however, may be combined with being Lord Chancellor, and I knew he
  • would have no objection to my being a Napoleon of the Press on this
  • side. So we closed with Comrade White, and--"
  • There was a knock at the door, and Master Maloney entered with a
  • card.
  • "Guy's waiting outside," he said.
  • "Mr. Stewart Waring," read Psmith. "Comrade Maloney, do you know
  • what Mahomet did when the mountain would not come to him?"
  • "Search me," said the office-boy indifferently.
  • "He went to the mountain. It was a wise thing to do. As a general
  • rule in life you can't beat it. Remember that, Comrade Maloney."
  • "Sure," said Pugsy. "Shall I send the guy in?"
  • "Surest thing you know, Comrade Maloney."
  • He turned to the assembled company.
  • "Gentlemen," he said, "you know how I hate to have to send you
  • away, but would you mind withdrawing in good order? A somewhat
  • delicate and private interview is in the offing. Comrade Jarvis,
  • we will meet anon. Your services to the paper have been greatly
  • appreciated. If I might drop in some afternoon and inspect the
  • remainder of your zoo--?"
  • "Any time you're down Groome Street way. Glad."
  • "I will make a point of it. Comrade Wilberfloss, would you mind
  • remaining? As editor of this journal, you should be present. If
  • the rest of you would look in about this time to-morrow--Show
  • Mr. Waring in, Comrade Maloney."
  • He took a seat.
  • "We are now, Comrade Wilberfloss," he said, "at a crisis in the
  • affairs of this journal, but I fancy we shall win through."
  • The door opened, and Pugsy announced Mr. Waring.
  • The owner of the Pleasant Street Tenements was of what is usually
  • called commanding presence. He was tall and broad, and more than a
  • little stout. His face was clean-shaven and curiously expressionless.
  • Bushy eyebrows topped a pair of cold grey eyes. He walked into the
  • room with the air of one who is not wont to apologise for existing.
  • There are some men who seem to fill any room in which they may be.
  • Mr. Waring was one of these.
  • He set his hat down on the table without speaking. After which he
  • looked at Mr. Wilberfloss, who shrank a little beneath his gaze.
  • Psmith had risen to greet him.
  • "Won't you sit down?" he said.
  • "I prefer to stand."
  • "Just as you wish. This is Liberty Hall."
  • Mr. Waring again glanced at Mr. Wilberfloss.
  • "What I have to say is private," he said.
  • "All is well," said Psmith reassuringly. "It is no stranger that
  • you see before you, no mere irresponsible lounger who has butted in
  • by chance. That is Comrade J. Fillken Wilberfloss, the editor of
  • this journal."
  • "The editor? I understood--"
  • "I know what you would say. You have Comrade Windsor in your mind.
  • He was merely acting as editor while the chief was away hunting
  • sand-eels in the jungles of Texas. In his absence Comrade Windsor
  • and I did our best to keep the old journal booming along, but it
  • lacked the master-hand. But now all is well: Comrade Wilberfloss
  • is once more doing stunts at the old stand. You may speak as freely
  • before him as you would before well, let us say Comrade Parker."
  • "Who are you, then, if this gentleman is the editor?"
  • "I am the proprietor."
  • "I understood that a Mr. White was the proprietor."
  • "Not so," said Psmith. "There was a time when that was the case,
  • but not now. Things move so swiftly in New York journalistic
  • matters that a man may well be excused for not keeping abreast of
  • the times, especially one who, like yourself, is interested in
  • politics and house-ownership rather than in literature. Are you
  • sure you won't sit down?"
  • Mr. Waring brought his hand down with a bang on the table, causing
  • Mr. Wilberfloss to leap a clear two inches from his chair.
  • "What are you doing it for?" he demanded explosively. "I tell you,
  • you had better quit it. It isn't healthy."
  • Psmith shook his head.
  • "You are merely stating in other--and, if I may say so,
  • inferior--words what Comrade Parker said to us. I did not object to
  • giving up valuable time to listen to Comrade Parker. He is a
  • fascinating conversationalist, and it was a privilege to hob-nob
  • with him. But if you are merely intending to cover the ground
  • covered by him, I fear I must remind you that this is one of our
  • busy days. Have you no new light to fling upon the subject?"
  • Mr. Waring wiped his forehead. He was playing a lost game, and he
  • was not the sort of man who plays lost games well. The Waring type
  • is dangerous when it is winning, but it is apt to crumple up
  • against strong defence.
  • His next words proved his demoralisation.
  • "I'll sue you for libel," said he.
  • Psmith looked at him admiringly.
  • "Say no more," he said, "for you will never beat that. For pure
  • richness and whimsical humour it stands alone. During the past
  • seven weeks you have been endeavouring in your cheery fashion to
  • blot the editorial staff of this paper off the face of the earth in
  • a variety of ingenious and entertaining ways; and now you propose
  • to sue us for libel! I wish Comrade Windsor could have heard you
  • say that. It would have hit him right."
  • Mr. Waring accepted the invitation he had refused before. He sat
  • down.
  • "What are you going to do?" he said.
  • It was the white flag. The fight had gone out of him.
  • Psmith leaned back in his chair.
  • "I'll tell you," he said. "I've thought the whole thing out. The
  • right plan would be to put the complete kybosh (if I may use the
  • expression) on your chances of becoming an alderman. On the other
  • hand, I have been studying the papers of late, and it seems to me
  • that it doesn't much matter who gets elected. Of course the
  • opposition papers may have allowed their zeal to run away with
  • them, but even assuming that to be the case, the other candidates
  • appear to be a pretty fair contingent of blighters. If I were a
  • native of New York, perhaps I might take a more fervid interest in
  • the matter, but as I am merely passing through your beautiful
  • little city, it doesn't seem to me to make any very substantial
  • difference who gets in. To be absolutely candid, my view of the
  • thing is this. If the People are chumps enough to elect you, then
  • they deserve you. I hope I don't hurt your feelings in any way. I
  • am merely stating my own individual opinion."
  • Mr. Waring made no remark.
  • "The only thing that really interests me," resumed Psmith, "is the
  • matter of these tenements. I shall shortly be leaving this country
  • to resume the strangle-hold on Learning which I relinquished at the
  • beginning of the Long Vacation. If I were to depart without
  • bringing off improvements down Pleasant Street way, I shouldn't be
  • able to enjoy my meals. The startled cry would go round Cambridge:
  • 'Something is the matter with Psmith. He is off his feed. He
  • should try Blenkinsop's Balm for the Bilious.' But no balm would do
  • me any good. I should simply droop and fade slowly away like a
  • neglected lily. And you wouldn't like that, Comrade Wilberfloss,
  • would you?"
  • Mr. Wilberfloss, thus suddenly pulled into the conversation, again
  • leaped in his seat.
  • "What I propose to do," continued Psmith, without waiting for an
  • answer, "is to touch you for the good round sum of five thousand
  • and three dollars."
  • Mr. Waring half rose.
  • "Five thousand dollars!"
  • "Five thousand and three dollars," said Psmith. "It may possibly
  • have escaped your memory, but a certain minion of yours, one J.
  • Repetto, utterly ruined a practically new hat of mine. If you think
  • that I can afford to come to New York and scatter hats about as if
  • they were mere dross, you are making the culminating error of a
  • misspent life. Three dollars are what I need for a new one. The
  • balance of your cheque, the five thousand, I propose to apply to
  • making those tenements fit for a tolerably fastidious pig to live
  • in."
  • "Five thousand!" cried Mr. Waring. "It's monstrous."
  • "It isn't," said Psmith. "It's more or less of a minimum. I have
  • made inquiries. So out with the good old cheque-book, and let's all
  • be jolly."
  • "I have no cheque-book with me."
  • "_I_ have," said Psmith, producing one from a drawer. "Cross out
  • the name of my bank, substitute yours, and fate cannot touch us."
  • Mr. Waring hesitated for a moment, then capitulated. Psmith
  • watched, as he wrote, with an indulgent and fatherly eye.
  • "Finished?" he said. "Comrade Maloney."
  • "Youse hollering fer me?" asked that youth, appearing at the door.
  • "Bet your life I am, Comrade Maloney. Have you ever seen an untamed
  • mustang of the prairie?"
  • "Nope. But I've read about dem."
  • "Well, run like one down to Wall Street with this cheque, and pay
  • it in to my account at the International Bank."
  • Pugsy disappeared.
  • "Cheques," said Psmith, "have been known to be stopped. Who knows
  • but what, on reflection, you might not have changed your mind?"
  • "What guarantee have I," asked Mr. Waring, "that these attacks on
  • me in your paper will stop?"
  • "If you like," said Psmith, "I will write you a note to that
  • effect. But it will not be necessary. I propose, with Comrade
  • Wilberfloss's assistance, to restore _Cosy Moments_ to its old style.
  • Some days ago the editor of Comrade Windsor's late daily paper
  • called up on the telephone and asked to speak to him. I explained
  • the painful circumstances, and, later, went round and hob-nobbed
  • with the great man. A very pleasant fellow. He asks to re-engage
  • Comrade Windsor's services at a pretty sizeable salary, so, as far
  • as our prison expert is concerned, all may be said to be well. He
  • has got where he wanted. _Cosy Moments_ may therefore ease up a bit.
  • If, at about the beginning of next month, you should hear a
  • deafening squeal of joy ring through this city, it will be the
  • infants of New York and their parents receiving the news that _Cosy
  • Moments_ stands where it did. May I count on your services, Comrade
  • Wilberfloss? Excellent. I see I may. Then perhaps you would not
  • mind passing the word round among Comrades Asher, Waterman, and the
  • rest of the squad, and telling them to burnish their brains and be
  • ready to wade in at a moment's notice. I fear you will have a
  • pretty tough job roping in the old subscribers again, but it can be
  • done. I look to you, Comrade Wilberfloss. Are you on?"
  • Mr. Wilberfloss, wriggling in his chair, intimated that he was.
  • CONCLUSION
  • IT was a drizzly November evening. The streets of Cambridge were a
  • compound of mud, mist, and melancholy. But in Psmith's rooms the
  • fire burned brightly, the kettle droned, and all, as the proprietor
  • had just observed, was joy, jollity, and song. Psmith, in pyjamas
  • and a college blazer, was lying on the sofa. Mike, who had been
  • playing football, was reclining in a comatose state in an arm-chair
  • by the fire.
  • "How pleasant it would be," said Psmith dreamily, "if all our
  • friends on the other side of the Atlantic could share this very
  • peaceful moment with us! Or perhaps not quite all. Let us say,
  • Comrade Windsor in the chair over there, Comrades Brady and Maloney
  • on the table, and our old pal Wilberfloss sharing the floor with B.
  • Henderson Asher, Bat Jarvis, and the cats. By the way, I think it
  • would be a graceful act if you were to write to Comrade Jarvis from
  • time to time telling him how your Angoras are getting on. He
  • regards you as the World's Most Prominent Citizen. A line from you
  • every now and then would sweeten the lad's existence."
  • Mike stirred sleepily in his chair.
  • "What?" he said drowsily.
  • "Never mind, Comrade Jackson. Let us pass lightly on. I am filled
  • with a strange content to-night. I may be wrong, but it seems to me
  • that all is singularly to de good, as Comrade Maloney would put it.
  • Advices from Comrade Windsor inform me that that prince of
  • blighters, Waring, was rejected by an intelligent electorate. Those
  • keen, clear-sighted citizens refused to vote for him to an extent
  • that you could notice without a microscope. Still, he has one
  • consolation. He owns what, when the improvements are completed,
  • will be the finest and most commodious tenement houses in New York.
  • Millionaires will stop at them instead of going to the Plaza. Are
  • you asleep, Comrade Jackson?"
  • "Um-m," said Mike.
  • "That is excellent. You could not be better employed. Keep
  • listening. Comrade Windsor also stated--as indeed did the sporting
  • papers--that Comrade Brady put it all over friend Eddie Wood,
  • administering the sleep-producer in the eighth round. My
  • authorities are silent as to whether or not the lethal blow was a
  • half-scissor hook, but I presume such to have been the case. The
  • Kid is now definitely matched against Comrade Garvin for the
  • championship, and the experts seem to think that he should win. He
  • is a stout fellow, is Comrade Brady, and I hope he wins through. He
  • will probably come to England later on. When he does, we must show
  • him round. I don't think you ever met him, did you, Comrade
  • Jackson?"
  • "Ur-r," said Mike.
  • "Say no more," said Psmith. "I take you."
  • He reached out for a cigarette.
  • "These," he said, comfortably, "are the moments in life to which we
  • look back with that wistful pleasure. What of my boyhood at Eton?
  • Do I remember with the keenest joy the brain-tourneys in the old
  • form-room, and the bally rot which used to take place on the Fourth
  • of June? No. Burned deeply into my memory is a certain hot bath I
  • took after one of the foulest cross-country runs that ever occurred
  • outside Dante's Inferno. So with the present moment. This peaceful
  • scene, Comrade Jackson, will remain with me when I have forgotten
  • that such a person as Comrade Repetto ever existed. These are the
  • real _Cosy Moments_. And while on that subject you will be glad to
  • hear that the little sheet is going strong. The man Wilberfloss is
  • a marvel in his way. He appears to have gathered in the majority of
  • the old subscribers again. Hopping mad but a brief while ago, they
  • now eat out of his hand. You've really no notion what a feeling of
  • quiet pride it gives you owning a paper. I try not to show it, but
  • I seem to myself to be looking down on the world from some lofty
  • peak. Yesterday night, when I was looking down from the peak
  • without a cap and gown, a proctor slid up. To-day I had to dig down
  • into my jeans for a matter of two plunks. But what of it? Life
  • must inevitably be dotted with these minor tragedies. I do not
  • repine. The whisper goes round, 'Psmith bites the bullet, and
  • wears a brave smile.' Comrade Jackson--"
  • A snore came from the chair.
  • Psmith sighed. But he did not repine. He bit the bullet. His eyes
  • closed.
  • Five minutes later a slight snore came from the sofa, too.
  • The man behind _Cosy Moments_ slept.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Psmith, Journalist, by P. G. Wodehouse
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PSMITH, JOURNALIST ***
  • ***** This file should be named 2607-8.txt or 2607-8.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/0/2607/
  • Produced by Jim Tinsley
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
  • www.gutenberg.org/license.
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
  • North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
  • contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
  • Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.